US8287554B2 - Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration - Google Patents

Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US8287554B2
US8287554B2 US10/438,346 US43834603A US8287554B2 US 8287554 B2 US8287554 B2 US 8287554B2 US 43834603 A US43834603 A US 43834603A US 8287554 B2 US8287554 B2 US 8287554B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
tissue
jaws
instrument
cable
actuating
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime, expires
Application number
US10/438,346
Other versions
US20040010245A1 (en
Inventor
Jeffrey C. Cerier
Amos G. Cruz
Jonathan O'Keefe
Cheryne Ray
Joseph M. Gordon
David Robson
Daniel Nelsen
Aidan Petrie
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Original Assignee
Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/520,273 external-priority patent/US6663639B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/519,945 external-priority patent/US6506196B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/574,424 external-priority patent/US6494888B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/859,579 external-priority patent/US6821285B2/en
Priority claimed from US10/197,574 external-priority patent/US6835200B2/en
Priority to US10/438,346 priority Critical patent/US8287554B2/en
Application filed by Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc filed Critical Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Assigned to NDO SURGICAL, INC. reassignment NDO SURGICAL, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RAY, CHERYNE, CERIER, JEFFREY C., CRUZ, AMOS G., O'KEEFE, JONATHAN, GORDON, JOSEPH M., NELSEN, DANIEL, PETRIE, AIDAN, ROBSON, DAVID
Publication of US20040010245A1 publication Critical patent/US20040010245A1/en
Assigned to ETHICON ENDO-SURGERY, INC. reassignment ETHICON ENDO-SURGERY, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NDO SURGICAL, INC.
Publication of US8287554B2 publication Critical patent/US8287554B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/00234Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/0057Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0482Needle or suture guides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • A61B17/0643Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue with separate closing member, e.g. for interlocking with staple
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0467Instruments for cutting sutures
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0485Devices or means, e.g. loops, for capturing the suture thread and threading it through an opening of a suturing instrument or needle eyelet
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord
    • A61B17/128Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord for applying or removing clamps or clips
    • A61B17/1285Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for ligaturing or otherwise compressing tubular parts of the body, e.g. blood vessels, umbilical cord for applying or removing clamps or clips for minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/285Surgical forceps combined with cutting implements
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/00234Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/00292Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery mounted on or guided by flexible, e.g. catheter-like, means
    • A61B2017/003Steerable
    • A61B2017/00318Steering mechanisms
    • A61B2017/00323Cables or rods
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/00234Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/00349Needle-like instruments having hook or barb-like gripping means, e.g. for grasping suture or tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00535Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated
    • A61B2017/00557Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated inflatable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00743Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
    • A61B2017/00818Treatment of the gastro-intestinal system
    • A61B2017/00827Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/0404Buttons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/0409Instruments for applying suture anchors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/0417T-fasteners
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/0419H-fasteners
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/044Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors with a threaded shaft, e.g. screws
    • A61B2017/0441Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors with a threaded shaft, e.g. screws the shaft being a rigid coil or spiral
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0469Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
    • A61B2017/0472Multiple-needled, e.g. double-needled, instruments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0469Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
    • A61B2017/0474Knot pushers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0469Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
    • A61B2017/0475Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery using sutures having a slip knot
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B2017/0496Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials for tensioning sutures
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/06Needles ; Sutures; Needle-suture combinations; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/06066Needles, e.g. needle tip configurations
    • A61B2017/061Needles, e.g. needle tip configurations hollow or tubular
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • A61B2017/0649Coils or spirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2901Details of shaft
    • A61B2017/2905Details of shaft flexible
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2913Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means
    • A61B2017/2915Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means arcuate shaped guiding means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2913Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means
    • A61B2017/2916Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means pins in guiding slots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2913Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means
    • A61B2017/2917Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston cams or guiding means with flexible part
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2927Details of heads or jaws the angular position of the head being adjustable with respect to the shaft
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/34Trocars; Puncturing needles
    • A61B2017/348Means for supporting the trocar against the body or retaining the trocar inside the body
    • A61B2017/3482Means for supporting the trocar against the body or retaining the trocar inside the body inside
    • A61B2017/3484Anchoring means, e.g. spreading-out umbrella-like structure
    • A61B2017/3488Fixation to inner organ or inner body tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M25/00Catheters; Hollow probes
    • A61M25/01Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
    • A61M25/0105Steering means as part of the catheter or advancing means; Markers for positioning
    • A61M25/0133Tip steering devices
    • A61M25/0147Tip steering devices with movable mechanical means, e.g. pull wires

Definitions

  • This description relates to methods and devices for use in the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease.
  • Gastroesophageal reflux disease is a common upper-intestinal disorder in which contents of the stomach flow inappropriately from the stomach into the esophagus. Backflow of gastric contents into the esophagus results when gastric pressure is sufficient to overcome the resistance to flow that normally exists at the gastroesophageal junction (GEJ), or when gravity acting on the contents is sufficient to cause flow through the GEJ. Medication, open surgical procedures, laparoscopic surgical procedures and endoscopic techniques are known for treating GERD.
  • a medical instrument in one general aspect, includes a tissue manipulator configured for introduction into a patient, and a sealing member configured to substantially seal a section of the tissue manipulator from contact with bodily fluids.
  • the tissue manipulator includes at least one movable member that is movable within the sealing member and has a portion extending out of the sealing member.
  • the tissue manipulator includes a second movable member that is movable within the sealing member and has a portion extending out of the sealing member.
  • the tissue manipulator includes pivots about which the movable members rotate in opposite directions.
  • the sealing member defines a hole for receiving a guide wire to permit advancement of the tissue manipulator into the patient over the guide wire.
  • the sealing member is a flexible member.
  • the medical instrument includes a flexible linkage coupled to the tissue manipulator, and a sealing portion covering the linkage.
  • the sealing portion abuts the sealing member.
  • a medical device in another general aspect, includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient.
  • the apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient, the apparatus defines a through hole for receiving a guide wire to permit advancement of the apparatus into the patient over the guide wire.
  • the second portion is configured to be frangibly connected to the implant.
  • the apparatus includes a pair of jaw members that are configured to move in response to actuation by the actuating member. Each jaw member defines a through hole. The through holes overlap when the jaw members are closed to form the guide wire receiving through hole.
  • the jaw members each include a tissue manipulator and a shell over the tissue manipulator. Each tissue manipulator has a coupler that forms part of the first portion of the apparatus.
  • One tissue manipulator includes a region having a frangible connection to a portion of the implant, and the other tissue manipulator includes a region defining an opening for receiving another portion of the implant. The two regions form the second portion of the apparatus.
  • Each shell defines a through hole that forms part of the guide wire receiving through hole.
  • a medical device in another general aspect, includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient.
  • the apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient.
  • the apparatus is configured to decouple from the actuating member when in the patient upon application of an overload to the actuating member.
  • the first portion includes a retainer that moves under application of an overload to decouple the apparatus from the actuating member.
  • the retainer is configured such that the overload applied to the actuating arm is less than a load that causes the implant to be pulled through muscle tissue of the patient.
  • the retainer is configured such that the overload applied to the actuating member is less than or equal to about 27 pounds.
  • a medical device in a further general aspect, includes a first member having at least two tissue penetrating elements connected thereto by a frangible connection, and a second member having an engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating elements in opposite directions and disengage the tissue penetrating elements from the first member at the frangible connection upon relative movement of the first and second members.
  • Implementations can include one or more of the following features.
  • the engaging element defines angled surfaces against which the tissue penetrating elements are pushed when the first and second members are moved together.
  • the medical device includes a flexible member coupling the at least two tissue penetrating elements.
  • a medical device in another general aspect, includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient.
  • the apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient.
  • the apparatus includes a first member having tissue penetrating elements, and a second member having an engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating elements in opposite directions upon relative movement of the first and second members.
  • Implementations can include one or more of the following features.
  • the engaging element defines angled surfaces against which the tissue penetrating elements are pushed when the first and second members are moved together.
  • the medical device includes a flexible member coupling the at least two tissue penetrating elements.
  • a medical device in another general aspect, includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient.
  • the apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient.
  • the first portion defines a rectangular opening for receiving the actuating member, and a cavity for receiving a coupler of the actuating member, the cavity having a length of at least 0.7 inches.
  • Implementations can include one or more of the following features.
  • the first portion includes a shaped region configured to receive a corresponding shaped region of the actuating member, and the first portion defines a slot shaped to receive a lip of the actuating member.
  • the apparatus includes a pair of jaw members.
  • One of the jaw members includes a tissue penetrating element positioned relative to the cavity to be supported by the coupler.
  • the other jaw member includes an engaging element positioned relative to the cavity to be supported by the coupler.
  • a medical device in another general aspect, includes an actuating member, and an end effector configured for releasable coupling to the actuating member.
  • the end effector has a tissue penetrating element.
  • the actuating member includes a tissue penetrating element support positioned to limit bending of the end effector when the tissue penetrating element penetrates tissue.
  • the medical device includes a second end effector including a tip engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating element upon relative movement of the end effectors.
  • the actuating member includes a tip engaging element support positioned to limit bending of the second end effector when the tip engaging element deflects the tissue penetrating element.
  • the actuating member includes two arms. One arm includes the tissue penetrating element support and the other arm includes the tip engaging element support.
  • a medical assembly in a further general aspect, includes a cartridge configured for releasable attachment to a medical instrument, and a resilient holder configured to receive the cartridge such that the cartridge automatically aligns relative to the medical instrument during attachment of the cartridge to the medical instrument.
  • Implementations can include the resilient holder having resilient portions that are configured to flex upon attachment of the cartridge to the medical instrument if the cartridge is not aligned with the portions.
  • a medical instrument in another general aspect, includes a tissue manipulator including first and second members, and an actuating mechanism including a cable that is placed under tension to move at least one of the first and second members toward the other member to engage tissue.
  • the actuating mechanism is configured to limit overtensioning of the cable.
  • Implementations can include one or more of the following features.
  • the actuating mechanism is configured to limit the application of a tension to the cable of greater than or equal to about 72 pounds.
  • the actuating mechanism includes a clutch configured to slip when an overtension is applied to the cable.
  • a medical instrument in another general aspect, includes a tissue manipulator including first and second members, and an actuating mechanism including a cable that is placed under tension by an external force to move at least one of the first and second members toward the other member.
  • the actuating mechanism is configured to limit loss of tension on the cable when the external force is removed during deployment.
  • the actuating mechanism includes a knob for applying the external force.
  • the actuating mechanism includes a pawl and a ratchet coupled to the knob. The pawl and the ratchet engage to limit loss of tension on the cable when the external force is removed during deployment.
  • the medical instrument and device are designed to facilitate reconfiguration of stomach tissue. Sealing features facilitate cleaning and allow reuse of the instrument. Guide wire receiving holes ease passage of the instrument through the esophagus and into the stomach and minimize trauma.
  • a bailout mechanism allows the instrument to be removed from the patient if the cartridge cannot be disengaged from the tissue.
  • the instrument advantageously deploys the implant using the same mechanism that closes the instrument arms. The instrument is adapted to limit cable breakage if something prevents the instrument arms from closing, for example, if the user attempts to deploy an implant over a previously deployed implant.
  • the instrument also allows the user to deploy the implant with one hand, i.e. when the user lets go of the deployment knob (to reposition the hand to continue turning the knob), the user does not need to hold the knob with their other hand to keep the knob from turning back.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic representation of an instrument in use to reconfigure tissue in the vicinity of the gastroesophageal junction of the stomach;
  • FIG. 2 shows a tissue fixation device deployed by the instrument of FIG. 1 in use to secure a bulge formed in the tissue;
  • FIG. 3A is an illustration of the instrument of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3B shows a proximal end of the instrument
  • FIG. 3C shows the working channels in a shaft of the instrument
  • FIG. 3D is an illustration of a coil assembly of the instrument
  • FIG. 4A is a top view of a distal end of the instrument, shown with first and second jaw members in an open position;
  • FIG. 4B shows the distal end of the instrument located off-axis relative to a shaft of the instrument
  • FIG. 5 is a side view of the distal end of the instrument, turned 90 degrees relative to FIG. 4A ;
  • FIG. 6A is an illustration of a first part of the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIG. 6B is an illustration of the first jaw member with the first part of the tissue fixation device mounted to the jaw member;
  • FIG. 7 is an illustration of the second jaw member
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIGS. 9A-9F show the instrument of FIG. 1 in use
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration of tissue secured with the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B are illustrations of an alternative cable routing for an end effector
  • FIG. 12A is an isometric view of a tissue engaging member
  • FIG. 12B is an isometric view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A shown with an outer sheath removed;
  • FIG. 12C is a cross-sectional view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A ;
  • FIG. 12D is a cross-sectional view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A shown piercing tissue
  • FIG. 13A is an isometric view of a proximal end the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A and a torque generator;
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the torque generator of FIG. 13A ;
  • FIG. 14A is an illustration of an alternative tissue engaging member
  • FIG. 14B is an illustration of an alternative tissue engaging member including a tissue bulking needle
  • FIG. 14C is a further illustration of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 14B ;
  • FIGS. 15A-15D are illustrations of an additional alternative tissue engaging member
  • FIG. 16A is an isometric view of an instrument for reconfiguring tissue
  • FIG. 16B shown the instrument of FIG. 16A receiving a gastroscope
  • FIG. 17A is an isometric view of the distal end portion of the instrument of FIG. 16A
  • FIG. 17B shows the distal end portion of the instrument with a hood member removed
  • FIGS. 17C-17E are side views of an end effector of the instrument of FIG. 16A ;
  • FIG. 17F is a side view of a lock arm taken along lines 17 F- 17 F in FIG. 17E ;
  • FIG. 17G is an illustration of disposable components of the instrument of FIG. 16A ;
  • FIG. 17H is an exploded view of the instrument of FIG. 16A ;
  • FIG. 17I is a cross-sectional view of a coupling member of the end effector
  • FIG. 18 is a side view of a handle of the instrument of FIG. 16A , shown with a cover removed;
  • FIG. 19 is an isometric view of a gearbox located in the handle of FIG. 18 ;
  • FIG. 20 is an illustration of the mechanism inside the gearbox of FIG. 19 ;
  • FIGS. 21A and 21B are end and side views, respectively, of the mechanism of FIG. 20 ;
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a rack of the mechanism of FIG. 20 ;
  • FIGS. 23A-23D illustrate the closing of jaw members of the end effector
  • FIG. 24A is an illustration of the distal end portion in a flexed position
  • FIG. 24B is an isometric view of a link of a retroflex portion of the distal end portion
  • FIGS. 24C and 24D show the retroflex portion flexed and straight, respectively
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a shaft of the instrument of FIG. 16A ;
  • FIG. 26 is an isometric view of the distal end portion with the jaw members open
  • FIG. 27 is an illustration of an implant bar of a tissue fixation device shown coupled to a tube of the jaw member
  • FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate deployment of the implant bar of FIG. 27 ;
  • FIGS. 29A and 29B are illustrations of the hood member with the jaw members closed and open, respectively;
  • FIG. 30 is an illustration of a seal on the handle of FIG. 18 ;
  • FIG. 31 is an illustration of an alternative deployment mechanism
  • FIGS. 32-34 are illustrations of alternative means for coupling the implant bar to the tube of the jaw member
  • FIG. 35A is an isometric view and FIG. 35B is a cross-sectional view of an alternative tissue fixation device
  • FIGS. 36A-40 are illustrations of alternative means for providing an atraumatic distal end on the instrument of FIG. 16A ;
  • FIG. 41A is an isometric view and FIG. 41B is a side view in partial cross-section of an alternative embodiment of an end effector;
  • FIG. 42 is an illustration of a tissue fixation device for use with the end effector of FIG. 41 ;
  • FIGS. 43-45 are illustrations of alternative configurations of an instrument for reconfiguring tissue
  • FIGS. 46A-46C are illustrations of a cartridge assembly to which the disposable cartridges of FIG. 17F are mounted for handling and attachment to the instrument;
  • FIGS. 47A-47F are isometric, four side views, and an end view, respectively, of the handle of FIG. 18 .
  • FIG. 50 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms open;
  • FIG. 51 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing a retractor engaging tissue;
  • FIG. 52 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the retractor retracting the tissue;
  • FIG. 53 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms closed, forming a tissue fold;
  • FIG. 54 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms open and an implant fixating the tissue fold;
  • FIG. 55 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the tissue fold, with the instrument in a straight configuration for removal from the patient.
  • FIG. 56 is an illustration of a cable actuation mechanism
  • FIG. 57 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 56 with a lever lock button assembly of the mechanism removed;
  • FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view of the mechanism of FIG. 56 with the lever lock button assembly of the mechanism removed;
  • FIG. 59 is an illustration of the lever lock button assembly
  • FIG. 60 is an illustration of a button assembly of the lever lock button assembly
  • FIG. 61 is an illustration of the lever lock button assembly of FIG. 59 showing the assembly actuated
  • FIG. 62 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 56 shown with a second set of optional cable adjusters
  • FIG. 63 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 62 shown with a housing removed;
  • FIG. 64 is an isometric view of the housing taken along lines 9 - 9 of FIG. 62 ;
  • FIG. 65 is an end view of the mechanism of FIG. 62 taken along lines 10 - 10 of FIG. 62 ;
  • FIG. 66 is an illustration of a plate assembly used to bind the movement of the cables
  • FIG. 67 is an illustration of an alternative embodiment of a handle mechanism
  • FIG. 68 is an illustration of a transmission assembly of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 ;
  • FIG. 69 shows a portion of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 with a gear removed
  • FIG. 70 is a view of the handle mechanism taken from the opposite side of the view of FIG. 69 ;
  • FIG. 71 is an illustration of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 with the transmission assembly of FIG. 68 removed;
  • FIG. 72B is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 72A ;
  • FIG. 73 is a perspective view of a jaw member of the end effector of FIG. 72 ;
  • FIG. 74 is a perspective view of a shell of the jaw member of FIG. 73 ;
  • FIG. 75 is a perspective view of a cartridge of the jaw member of FIG. 73 ;
  • FIG. 76 is a perspective view of a second jaw member of the end effector of FIG. 72 ;
  • FIG. 77 is a perspective view of a shell of the jaw member of FIG. 76 ;
  • FIG. 78 is a perspective view of a cartridge of the jaw member of FIG. 76 ;
  • FIG. 79 is an end view of the end effector of FIG. 72 ;
  • FIG. 80 is an illustration of the cartridge of FIG. 78 attached to an actuating arm
  • FIG. 81 is an additional illustration of the cartridge of FIGS. 78 and 80 ;
  • FIG. 82 is an illustration of the actuating arm of FIG. 80 ;
  • FIG. 83 shows the cartridges and shells attached to a holder
  • FIG. 84 is an illustration of the holder for the cartridges and shells
  • FIGS. 85 and 86 are illustrations of an alternative embodiment of a retroflex portion of the instrument.
  • FIGS. 87 a - 87 c are illustrations of a boot for sealing off portions of the retroflex portion of FIGS. 85 and 86 ;
  • FIG. 88 a is an illustration of an alternative embodiment of a distal actuating mechanism of the instrument
  • FIG. 88 b is an illustration of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 shown with the two closing cables of FIG. 88 a;
  • FIGS. 89 and 90 show a boot for sealing off portions of the distal end of the instrument
  • FIG. 91 is an illustration of a distal portion of the instrument
  • FIGS. 92 and 93 are exploded perspective views of a clutch of the transmission assembly of FIG. 67 ;
  • FIGS. 94 and 95 show a portion of the transmission assembly of FIG. 67 with a gear removed.
  • FIG. 96 shows a cross-sectional perspective view of a knob assembly of FIG. 67 .
  • an instrument 700 for reconfiguring stomach tissue for example, stomach tissue in the vicinity of the gastroesophageal junction (GEJ) 702 , such as tissue 704 of the lesser curvature of the stomach or any portion of the stomach within about 2 cm of the GEJ, is shown.
  • the GEJ is the region of transition from the esophagus and the stomach.
  • the lesser curvature of the stomach is a portion of the stomach located beyond the GEJ.
  • Instrument 700 includes an elongated shaft 710 dimensioned to permit transoral access to the stomach, and a tissue manipulator 712 for manipulating stomach tissue.
  • a standard GI endoscope 715 Positioned within a lumen 714 defined by shaft 710 is a standard GI endoscope 715 providing visual guidance of the reconfiguring procedure.
  • Instrument 700 is particularly adapted for treating GERD.
  • a bulge, plication or tissue wrap is formed in the vicinity of gastroesophageal junction 702 to reduce reflux of stomach fluids into the esophag
  • Tissue manipulator 712 has an elongated cable assembly 716 housed within lumen 714 of shaft 710 , and a distal end effector 718 actuated to perform the various steps in the tissue reconfiguring procedure by cable assembly 716 .
  • End effector 718 includes first and second jaw members 720 , 722 that engage tissue 704 .
  • Cable assembly 716 includes first and second cable pairs 724 a , 724 b , and 726 a , 726 b for moving jaws 720 , 722 relatively toward and away from one another, respectively, in a first plane, and a third cable 728 for moving end effector 718 relative to shaft 710 in a second plane generally transverse to, and preferably perpendicular to, the first plane, as described further below.
  • end effector 718 is aligned with shaft 710 (as shown in FIG. 3A ).
  • cable 728 is actuated to articulate end effector 718 out of alignment with shaft 710 (as shown in FIG. 1 ).
  • Cable assembly 716 includes a spring beam 784 , formed from, for example, stainless steel or Nitinol, extending into shaft 710 .
  • End effector 718 is attached to beam 784 at a distal end 785 of beam 784 .
  • Beam 784 in its rest state, is biased toward a straight alignment. Pulling cable 728 bends beam 784 . When cable 728 is released, beam 784 returns toward the straight alignment.
  • first jaw 720 mounted to first jaw 720 is a first part 732 of a tissue securement member, for example, a fixation device 730
  • second jaw 722 mounted to second jaw 722 is a second part 734 of tissue fixation device 730 .
  • tissue fixation device 730 is deployed to secure the engaged tissue together.
  • Cable assembly 716 includes a fourth cable 737 for deploying fixation device 730 , as described further below.
  • End effector 718 further includes a tube 738 and a third tissue engaging member or retractor, for example, a coil 740 , received within tube 738 , for purposes described below.
  • Coil 740 is housed within an overtube 742 , and coil 740 and overtube 742 can be moved axially proximally and distally relative to jaws 720 , 722 , along the axis, A, of cable assembly 716 .
  • Coil 740 can be rotatably advanced into tissue.
  • instrument 700 has, at its proximal end 745 , a handle 743 with a control knob 744 for controlling cables 724 a , 724 b , 726 a , 726 b to close and open jaws 720 , 722 , and a control knob 746 for controlling cable 728 to move end effector 718 .
  • Handle 743 includes a port 748 through which coil 740 and overtube 742 can be introduced into shaft lumen 714 , and a pull-knob 750 for deploying tissue fixation device 730 , as described below.
  • handle 743 defines a channel 752 through which endoscope 715 is introduced into shaft lumen 714 .
  • FIGS. 1 and 3C which shows the working channels in shaft 710 for receiving the various cables, overtube 742 and endoscope 715 , within lumen 714 of shaft 710 are cable housings 760 a , 760 b defining channels 762 a , 762 b in which cables 724 a , 724 b for closing jaws 720 , 722 are received, and cable housings 764 a , 764 b defining channels 766 a , 766 b in which cables 726 a , 726 b for opening jaws 720 , 722 are received.
  • a cable housing 768 defining a channel 770 in which cable 728 for bending end effector 718 is received, and a cable housing 772 defining a channel 774 in which cable 737 for deploying fixation device 730 is received.
  • Coil 740 and overtube 742 are received in a channel 778 defined in a coil housing 776 in lumen 714 .
  • Housing 776 extends from port 748 to tube 738 .
  • coil 740 has a tissue penetrating tip 741 and a distal section 740 a having a looser wound coil than the remainder of coil 740 .
  • Endoscope 715 is received in a channel 782 defined in an endoscope housing 780 in lumen 715 .
  • Spring beam 784 is located generally between cable housing 776 and endoscope housing 780 , and extends about 4 inches into shaft 710 from the distal end of the shaft where beam 784 is mounted to shaft 710 by, for example, silicone adhesive/sealant.
  • the various cable housings and spring beam 784 do not move relative to shaft 710 and handle 743 . It is the movement of the cables within the cable housings that actuate end effector 718 .
  • Shaft 710 is preferably formed from, for example, heat-shrink tubing.
  • end effector 718 has a length, L 1 , of about 2 inches
  • cable assembly 716 extends axially by a length, L 2 , of about 2.5 inches from shaft 710
  • shaft 710 has a length, L 3 , of about 23.5 inches
  • handle 743 has a length, L 4 , of about 5 inches.
  • Cable assembly 716 , spring beam 784 , and shaft 710 have the necessary flexibility to permit transoral placement of instrument 700 into the stomach.
  • the length, L 1 , of relatively rigid end effector 718 is minimized to ensure the necessary flexibility of instrument 700 is maintained.
  • the distance that cable assembly 716 extends axially from shaft 710 is selected to cantilever beam 784 permitting the desired bending of end effector 718 relative to shaft 710 to position jaws 720 , 722 against the inner surface of the stomach in the vicinity of the GEJ.
  • Distal end effector 718 is sized to fit through a 12-16 mm diameter channel (corresponding to the diameter of the esophagus) and shaft 710 has an outer diameter of about 12 to 16 mm to enable transoral passage of instrument 700 into the stomach.
  • Scope channel 782 has a diameter of either about 8 mm or 10 mm.
  • An 8 mm diameter scope channel allows passage of 7.9 mm pediatric gastroscope, and a 10 mm diameter scope channel allows passage of a 9.8 mm adult gastroscope.
  • Channel 778 has a diameter of about 2-3 mm for receiving cable 742 .
  • Distal end effector 718 is shown in more detail in FIGS. 4A and 4B .
  • End effector 718 includes a central mount 800 defining a slot 801 .
  • Spanning slot 801 and supported by mount 800 is a pin 803 to which 720 , 722 are pivotally mounted.
  • Central mount 800 also houses two pulleys 802 over which cables 724 a , 724 b are respectively passed for closing jaws 720 , 722 .
  • Cables 724 a , 724 b terminate at points 804 , 806 on jaws 720 , 722 , respectively.
  • Cables 726 a , 726 b for opening jaws 720 , 722 terminate at points 808 , 810 on jaws 720 , 722 , respectively, proximal of points 804 , 806 .
  • Tube 738 of end effector 718 for receiving coil 740 and overtube 742 is attached to mount 800 , and cable 728 for bending end effector 718 terminates at point 811 on tube 738 .
  • Pulling cables 724 a , 724 b proximally moves jaws 720 , 722 toward one another generally in a first plane (in the plane of the paper in FIG. 4A ).
  • Pulling cables 726 a , 726 b proximally moves jaws 720 , 722 away from one another generally in the first plane.
  • Pulling cable 728 proximally bends beam 784 moving end effector 718 in a second plane (out of the plane of the paper in FIG. 4A ) generally perpendicular to the first plane.
  • jaw 720 includes two guide tubes 816 a , 816 b and a slider 812 including two push rods 814 a , 814 b guided within tubes 816 a , 816 b , respectively.
  • Slider 812 is mounted to jaw 720 to slide relative to jaw 720 .
  • Tubes 816 a , 816 b curve about jaw 720 to terminate in tissue penetrating tips 818 a , 818 b ( FIG. 6B ), respectively.
  • Push rods 814 a , 814 b can be formed from molded plastic such as polyethylene or polypropylene or as a braided stainless steel cable to provide the flexibility to follow the curve of tubes 816 a , 816 b .
  • Cable housing 772 is attached to slider 812 and cable 737 terminates at a fixed point 739 on jaw 720 . Actuation of cable 737 pushes slider 812 distally, as described below.
  • First part 732 of tissue fixation device 730 is shown in more detail in FIGS. 6A and 6B .
  • First part 732 of tissue fixation device 730 defines through holes 820 a , 820 b ( FIG. 6C ), and part 732 is loaded onto jaw 720 with tips 818 a , 818 b received in through holes 820 a , 820 b , respectively.
  • Connected to part 732 with a suture 822 are two securing elements, for example, bars 824 a , 824 b .
  • Each bar 824 a , 824 b defines two through holes 826 a , 826 b .
  • Suture 822 is threaded through holes 826 a , 826 b of the bars and through holes 820 a , 820 b of part 732 , and is tied together forming a knot 823 to secure bars 824 a , 824 b to part 732 .
  • Tubes 818 a , 818 b each define a channel 827 for receiving one of bars 824 a , 824 b , and a slot 828 communicating with channel 827 for receiving suture 822 therethrough.
  • jaw 722 has a distal member 830 defining a slot 832 for receiving second part 734 of fixation device 730 , and slots 834 a , 834 b for receiving tissue penetrating tips 818 a , 818 b .
  • Second part 734 of fixation device 730 defines through holes 836 a , 836 b for receiving tips 818 a , 818 b .
  • Actuation of fixation device deployment cable 737 after closing jaws 720 , 722 pushes slider 812 and push rods 814 a , 814 b distally, advancing bars 824 a , 824 b out of tissue penetrating tips 818 a , 818 b , and locating bars 824 a , 824 b on the far side 838 of second part 734 of fixation device 730 , as shown in FIG. 8 .
  • end effector 718 in use, under endoscopic guidance, the physician advances instrument 700 transorally to position end effector 718 in the stomach. During advancement into the stomach, end effector 718 is generally aligned along the axis of shaft 710 , as shown in FIG. 9A .
  • the physician then turns control knob 746 to pull cable 728 proximally, thereby bending beam 784 moving end effector 718 out of alignment with shaft 710 to the position shown in FIG. 9B .
  • control knob 744 By then turning control knob 744 to pull cables 726 a , 726 b , jaws 720 , 722 are pivoted about pins 803 to the open position shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the physician then advances coil 740 and overtube 742 by pushing the coil and overtube distally in channel 778 advancing coil 740 and overtube 742 out of tube 738 and into contact with stomach tissue, preferably stomach tissue beyond the gastroesophageal junction, as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the physician rotates coil 740 while applying slight distal pressure to advance the coil into the tissue, as shown in FIG. 9D .
  • Coil 740 and overtube 742 are then pulled proximally to pull tissue between jaws 720 , 722 .
  • Jaws 720 , 722 are then closed by turning control knob 744 to pull cables 724 a , 724 b proximally, as shown in FIG. 9E .
  • the turning of the control knob can also be the action that pulls coil 740 and overtube 742 proximally, ensuring that coil 740 and overtube 742 are positioned out of the way of the closing of the jaws.
  • a lockout can be incorporated to prevent the jaws from closing if coil 740 and overtube 742 are not in their proximal position.
  • fixation device 730 The closing of the jaws places parts 732 , 734 of fixation device 730 in contact with two tissue sections, for example, against two spaced tissue surfaces in the stomach, and causes tissue penetrating tips 818 a , 818 b to penetrate through the tissue and into holes 836 a , 836 b in second part 734 of fixation device 730 .
  • the physician pulls cable 737 proximally removing slack from cable 737 .
  • cable housing 772 is of fixed length and is non-movably attached to the handle, removing slack from cable 737 causes cable housing 772 to move distally, advancing slider 812 to push t-bars 824 a , 824 b out of tissue penetrating tips 818 a , 818 b , as shown in FIG. 9F .
  • FIG. 10 shows a cross-section of the tissue with fixation device 730 in place securing bulge 736 .
  • tissue penetrating or grasping elements such as a T-bar suture or two small grasping jaws can be employed.
  • Instrument 700 can be used without the third tissue engaging member.
  • an end effector 718 ′ includes an alternative cable routing for actuating jaws 720 , 722 .
  • End effector 718 ′ includes cables 726 a , 726 b for opening jaws 720 , 722 , a single cable 724 ′ for closing jaws 720 , 722 , and cable 737 for advancing slider 812 .
  • End effector 718 ′ also includes pivot 803 and a series of pulleys 850 a , 850 b , 850 c , 850 d , and 850 e around which the cables are routed.
  • Cable 724 ′ has a first portion 852 a that is routed under (as viewed in FIGS. 11A and 11B ) pulley 850 a and over pulley 850 c ; a second portion 852 b that extends between pulleys 850 c and 850 b ; and a third portion 852 c routed under pulley 850 b and over pulley 850 a .
  • Cable 726 a has a first portion 854 a that extends to pulley 850 d and a second portion 854 b that extends between pulley 850 d and anchor 851 a fixed to central mount 800 .
  • Cable 726 b has a first portion 856 a that extends to pulley 850 e and a second portion 856 b that extends between pulley 850 d and anchor 851 b fixed to central mount 800 .
  • the user applies a tensile force F 1 to cables 726 a and 726 b (by turning control knob 744 ).
  • the tensile force F 1 draws the first portions 854 a and 856 a of cables 726 a and 726 b proximally in the same direction as force F 1 and draws the second portions 854 b and 856 b of cables 726 a and 726 b distally around respective pulleys 850 e and 850 d .
  • Turning knob 744 also produces slack in cable 724 ′.
  • a net force F 3 results and draws jaws 720 , 722 open.
  • the user applies a tensile force F 2 to portions 852 a and 852 b of cable 724 ′ (by turning control knob 744 in the opposite direction, which also relieves tension in cables 726 a , 726 b ).
  • the tensile force F 2 acts to shorten portion 852 b of cable 724 ′, thereby drawing pulleys 850 c and 850 b together and jaws 720 , 722 closed.
  • a third tissue engagement member 740 ′ includes a tissue-engaging coil 860 with a tissue piercing end 860 a , a helical drive shaft 862 , and a coupling member 864 for translating a torque applied by drive shaft 862 to coil 860 .
  • Helical drive shaft 862 is preferably wound in a direction opposite that of tissue engaging coil 860 , for reasons described below.
  • a sprung sheath 866 Positioned over and axially movable relative to coupling member 864 is a sprung sheath 866 .
  • Tissue engagement member 740 ′ can be used alone or can replace tissue engagement member 740 of FIG. 1 .
  • Coil 860 has, for example, six loops with a pitch of 11 ⁇ 2 mm from loop-to-loop and a diameter of 2 mm. Other configurations can be used, for example, one loop and greater with the number of loops times the pitch corresponding to the desired penetration depth into the tissue.
  • coupling member 864 includes a first, distal-most section 864 a with a diameter, D 1 ; a second section 864 b with a diameter D 2 larger than D 1 ; a third section 864 c with a diameter D 3 between D 1 and D 2 ; a fourth section 864 d with a diameter D 4 about equal to D 2 ; a fifth section 864 e with a diameter D 5 larger than D 4 ; and a proximal-most section 864 f having a diameter D 6 about equal to D 1 .
  • Diameters D 1 -D 6 are, for example, about 0.04′′, 0.09′′, 0.06′′, 0.09′′, 0.12′′ and 0.04′′, respectively.
  • Defined between sections 864 a and 864 b is a shelf 867 a ; defined between sections 864 b and 864 c is a shelf 867 b ; defined between sections 864 c and 864 d is a shelf 867 c ; defined between sections 864 d and 864 e is a shelf 867 d ; and defined between sections 864 e and 864 f is a shelf 867 e .
  • Drive shaft 862 is received over coupling member section 864 f and coil 860 is received over coupling member section 864 a .
  • Coil 860 has a coil length, L, of, for example, about 0.2′′, extending beyond the distal end 868 of section 864 a .
  • a spring 870 Positioned on coupling member section 864 c between shelves 867 b and 867 c is a spring 870 that biases sprung sheath 866 distally.
  • sprung sheath 866 defines a lumen 872 and has a first section 866 a with an inner diameter d 1 , a second hub section 866 b with an inner diameter d 2 less than d 1 , and a third section 866 c with an inner diameter d 3 about equal to d 1 .
  • Coil 860 is received within lumen 872 in sheath section 866 a .
  • Spring 870 is located within lumen 872 radially between coupling member section 864 c and section 866 c of sheath 866 and axially between hub 866 b and shelf 867 c .
  • Sheath hub 866 b is biased against shelf 867 b by spring 870 .
  • the spacing between coupling member shelf 867 d and a proximal end 874 b of sheath 866 permits axial, proximal movement of sheath 866 against the action of spring 870 .
  • coupling member 864 is formed from two parts 876 a , 876 b having mating fingers 878 joined, for example, by compression fitting. This configuration permits sheath 866 to be slid over part 876 a prior to joining part 876 b to 876 a.
  • the user places distal end 874 a of sheath 866 against tissue T to be pierced to stabilize the tissue.
  • the user then applies distal and rotational forces to drive shaft 862 , which causes coupling member 864 and coil 860 to move distally and rotate into the tissue, for example, the mucosal layer of tissue.
  • distal end 874 a of sheath 866 remains on the surface of the tissue, spring 870 is compressed, and shelf 867 d advances toward sheath proximal end 874 a .
  • tissue engaging member 740 ′ When coil 860 has been anchored in the tissue, for example, the muscle layer of tissue underlying the mucosal layer (which takes about 3 or 4 turns of the coil into the tissue), the user can manipulate the tissue with tissue engaging member 740 ′. By engaging multiple layers of tissue, member 740 ′ provides a secure grasp on the tissue.
  • Sprung sheath 866 acts to stabilize both the tissue and coil 860 when coil 860 is advanced into the tissue. Sheath 866 compresses the tissue, facilitating initial penetration of the coil into the tissue, and helps keep the tissue from twisting as the coil rotates. Furthermore, the coil 860 tends to want to go off-axis as it rotates into the tissue. Sprung sheath 866 provides enough force against the tissue and has enough friction against the tissue surface to limit movement of sheath 866 as coil 860 is advanced into the tissue. This counteracts the tendency of the coil to want to go off-axis.
  • drive shaft 862 Due to the opposed winding of drive shaft 862 and coil 860 , the rotational force applied to drive shaft 862 causes a decrease in the diameter of drive shaft 862 upon encountering torsional resistance. This decrease in the diameter of drive shaft 862 limits contact of drive shaft 862 with the wall of an associated working channel in which drive shaft 862 is located and thus possible jamming in the working channel.
  • a torque generator 882 held by the user and a drive rod 880 releasably attached to torque generator 882 and extending through handle 743 are coupled to drive shaft 862 .
  • Drive rod 880 runs a majority of the length of instrument 700 to provide high torque, with drive shaft 862 extending in the area of the retroflex region to provide high flexibility.
  • Drive rod 880 and drive shaft 862 are coupled, for example, by soldering.
  • Torque generator 882 includes a handle 883 , a collet 885 , and a spring loaded cap 887 .
  • Collet 885 includes a circumferential section 885 ′ and four legs 885 a extending from section 885 ′, each with an enlarged end 885 b .
  • Each leg 885 a has a flat, inner facing surface 885 c that together define a square opening 886 .
  • Drive rod 880 has a coupling member 889 with four flat sides 889 a .
  • Coupling member 889 is received within opening 886 with flat sides 889 a aligned with surfaces 885 c such that when closed, torque generator 882 and drive rod 880 are rotationally locked.
  • Handle 883 defines a bore 881 ′ in which a pin 882 ′ is received, and a larger diameter bore 883 ′ in which pin 882 ′, collet 885 and a spring 887 ′ are received.
  • Cap 887 is biased distally by spring 887 ′.
  • Pin 882 ′ is press fit into bore 881 ′ and into circumferential section 885 ′ of collet 885 .
  • cap 887 is moved proximally against the force of spring 887 ′, which allows legs 885 a to be flexed outward permitting coupling member 889 to be positioned in opening 886 .
  • cap 887 The user releases cap 887 , and spring 887 ′ acts to move cap 887 distally closing legs 885 a around coupling member 889 . Distal motion of cap 887 is limited by contact of a shelf 880 ′ of cap 887 against enlarged leg ends 885 b.
  • Tissue engaging member 740 ′ is preferably a single use disposable product supplied sterile to the user. Member 740 ′ can be loaded into the instrument from the distal end of the instrument and then attached to torque generator 882 . This preserves the sterility of the distal end of member 740 ′.
  • a solid needle 881 a positioned within coil 860 is a solid needle 881 a .
  • Needle 881 a extends from coupling member 864 . Needle 881 a facilitates the initial engagement of coil 860 with the tissue, and is particularly applicable to situations in which coil 860 approaches the tissue surface at an angle.
  • a matter injector needle 881 b positioned within coil 860 and extending to the proximal end of the tissue engagement member is a matter injector needle 881 b , which can be advanced through coil 860 .
  • Matter injector needle 881 b has a metal tip 881 c on a flexible, plastic tube 881 d .
  • Coupling member 864 , coupling member 889 , pin 882 ′, and hand grip 883 define aligned through bores that slidably receive needle 881 b .
  • Needle 881 b replaces drive rod 880 , and drive shaft 862 extends the length of the instrument.
  • Matter injector needle 881 b can be used in “bulking” procedures to augment tissue in a selected region by injecting a biocompatible material, such as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,336,263 to Ersek et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • coil 860 acts to anchor needle 881 b in the tissue to counteract pressure created by the material injection, which would tend to push needle 881 b out of the tissue.
  • the tissue engaging instrument can be used through a working channel of an endoscope, or in conjunction with instrument 700 .
  • the wire forming coil 860 can define a lumen and matter injected through the wire lumen.
  • an alternative third tissue engagement member 740 ′′′ includes an elongate member 892 that passes through a working channel of instrument 700 and a pair of pincers 893 a and 893 b pivotably mounted at a pivot 895 to the distal end 892 a of elongate member 892 .
  • Pincers 893 a and 893 b each include a respective pincer tip 891 a and 891 b suitable for piercing tissue.
  • Pincers 893 a and 893 b are actuated, for example, by one or more guide wires (not shown), as is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,613,499 to Palmer et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Pincers 893 a and 893 b are generally arcuate in shape with pincer tips 891 a and 891 b oriented substantially normal to lines L 1 , L 2 defined by pivot point 895 and the end of each respective pincer tip.
  • Pincers 893 a and 893 b are made from a rigid, sterilizable material capable of maintaining pincer tips 891 a and 891 b suitable for puncturing tissue and withstanding at least short term exposure to operating environments such as the stomach.
  • pincers 893 a and 893 b can be made from metals such as stainless steel and Co—Cr alloys.
  • the user advances tissue engagement member 740 ′′′ into contact with a tissue surface such as a mucosal layer 894 on a muscle layer 895 in the stomach.
  • the user then closes pincers 893 a and 893 b such that the pincer tips 891 a and 891 b penetrate through the mucosal layer 894 and into muscle layer 895 .
  • the user retracts the pincers 893 a and 893 b from the engaged tissue using the elongate member 892 . Plication and/or bulking of the retracted tissue can follow as described elsewhere herein.
  • pincers 893 a and 893 b Due to the arcuate shape of pincers 893 a and 893 b , the initial closing of the pincers results in substantially distal translation of pincer tips 891 a , 891 b , with further closing of the pincers resulting in substantially transverse motion of pincer tips 891 a , 891 b . This distributes the retraction load applied by the pincers 893 a and 893 b for plication over a relatively large area of tissue, limiting the possibility of tearing the tissue during retraction.
  • an instrument 900 for reconfiguring stomach tissue includes a handle 902 , an elongated instrument shaft 904 , and a distal actuating assembly 905 .
  • the configuration of assembly 905 , and the means of attachment of assembly 905 to instrument shaft 904 substantially seals a lumen of shaft 904 that houses the actuating cables from contact with bodily fluids.
  • only a disposable portion of assembly 905 need be supplied to the user in a sterile condition. The remainder of the instrument can simply be disinfected by manual cleaning and soaking in a disinfecting solution between procedures.
  • instrument 900 receives gastroscope 715 and a tissue engagement member 908 (such as coil 740 or 740 ′ described above).
  • Assembly 905 includes a retroflex portion 910 that is manipulated by the user to orient assembly 905 (as shown in FIG. 16B ).
  • Handle 902 includes control knobs 912 , 914 that actuate assembly 905 , and a switch 915 that disengages a lock mechanism, as described below.
  • shaft 904 defines a lumen 916 through which the end of gastroscope 715 protrudes.
  • Retroflex portion 910 has a sloping curved wall section 918 against which the end of gastroscope 715 is received. When flexed, retroflex portion 910 is bent in a direction away from section 918 (arrow A).
  • Assembly 905 further includes a coupling member 919 and an end effector 906 .
  • Coupling member 919 includes a first portion 923 that attaches to retroflex portion 910 , and a mount 924 to which end effector 906 is pivotally mounted.
  • End effector 906 includes jaw members 920 , 922 , each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 960 a , 960 b , respectively, releasable mounted to a respective actuating arm 962 a , 962 b.
  • Covering retroflex portion 910 and coupling member portion 923 is a cover 910 ′, and covering mount 924 and end effector 906 is a hood 1220 , discussed further below.
  • Hood 1220 provides an atraumatic distal end for transoral placement of instrument 900
  • cover 910 ′ seals retroflex portion 910 and coupling member portion 923 from contact with bodily fluids.
  • gastroscope 715 In use, with gastroscope 715 in instrument lumen 916 and the end of the gastroscope residing in section 918 , the user advances instrument 900 transorally into the stomach. Once in the stomach, gastroscope 715 is independently manipulated to obtain the desired view.
  • the user flexes instrument 900 (as shown in FIG. 16B ), opens jaws 920 , 922 , advances the tissue engagement member into engagement with the tissue to stabilize the tissue, closes jaws 920 , 922 such that cartridges 960 a , 960 b manipulate the tissue into a bulge, and deploys an implant, as described further below.
  • actuating arms 962 a , 962 b are pivotally coupled to mount 924 at pivots 963 a , 963 b , respectively.
  • a pair of cables, discussed below, for opening and closing jaws 920 , 922 are coupled to the jaws via a yoke 964 .
  • Yoke 964 has a generally H-shaped section 965 with two legs 966 a straddling arm 962 a , and two legs 966 b straddling arm 962 b .
  • Each arm 962 a , 962 b defines a slot 968 a , 968 b , and each leg 966 a , 966 b defines a through hole 970 a , 970 b .
  • Received within slot 968 a and holes 970 a is a pin 972 a
  • received within slot 968 b and holes 970 b is a pin 972 b .
  • Slots 968 a , 968 b each have first and second sections 974 , 975 .
  • Slot sections 974 are orientated at a greater angle relative to the axis of the instrument than that of slot sections 975 , for purposes described below.
  • Yoke 964 includes a post 978 extending proximally from section 965 .
  • Post 978 extends into coupling member 919 .
  • Mounted to post 978 is a first pulley 982 , and mounted to coupling member 919 are two pulleys 984 , 985 , which a jaw closing cable is routed over, as described below.
  • Portion 923 and mount 924 of coupling member 919 have flat sides 923 a , 924 a and rounded sides 923 b , 924 b , as shown in FIG. 17D .
  • Rounded sides 923 b , 924 b define a through bore 927 for passage of the tissue engagement member.
  • Mount 923 also defines a through bore 931 through which yoke 964 extends.
  • Lock arm 1250 pivotally mounted at 1252 .
  • Lock arm 1250 has a ridge 1253 with curved wall 1254 and yoke 964 defines a notch 1256 with a correspondingly shaped curved wall 1258 .
  • curved wall 1254 of ridge 1253 engages with curved wall 1258 of notch 1256 to limit further distal travel of yoke 964 .
  • Lock arm 1250 is biased by a compression spring 1262 to rotate clockwise about pivot 1252 (arrow Y) such that when notch 1256 passes under lock arm 1250 , lock arm 1250 is rotated under the force of spring 1262 to engage curved walls 1254 , 1258 .
  • Attached to lock arm 1250 is a cable 1260 for moving arm 1250 out of engagement with yoke 964 to allow further distal travel of yoke 964 .
  • FIG. 17G illustrates the replaceable nature of cartridges 960 a , 960 b .
  • Arms 962 a , 962 b each include a flat, rectangular member 1050 and a clip 1052 .
  • Member 1050 has formations 1051 , 1053 extending from either side of member 1050 .
  • Formations 1051 have a thin distal section 1051 a that slopes to a wider proximal section 1051 b , for purposes described below with reference to FIG. 46 .
  • Cartridges 960 a , 960 b each include a first pair of side walls 1054 , a second pair of side walls 1056 defining slots 1056 a , an opening 1058 , and a head 1059 .
  • Opening 1058 is rectangular in shape, here shown square, though other shapes are suitable that have a mating contour with a flat proximal edge 1058 a .
  • an indentation in the cartridge that corresponds to the shape of clip 1052 can be employed.
  • Side walls 1054 , 1056 are separated by a thin section 1057 that allows the cartridge to flex.
  • cartridges 960 a , 960 b To attach cartridges 960 a , 960 b to arms 962 a , 962 b , respectively, the cartridge is slid over the arm with side walls 1054 aligning the cartridge to the arm. Rectangular member 1050 is received in slots 1056 a while the cartridge flexes over clip 1052 such that clip 1052 is received within opening 1058 to lock the cartridge to the arm. To remove the cartridge, the user pushes on side walls 1054 to flex the cartridge away from clip 1052 , and the cartridge is then slid off the arm.
  • retroflex portion 910 has a proximal mount 1060 that is, for example, glued onto the end of shaft 904 , and a distal mount 1062 that is received within a slot 933 in mount 923 .
  • Mounts 1062 , 923 are attached, for example, by screws.
  • Mount 1062 is preferably metal and coupling member 919 is preferably plastic.
  • coupling member portion 923 defines a space 1070 in which an o-ring 1072 is positioned to seal off through bore 931 .
  • knobs 912 , 914 interface with a series of cables 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c ( FIG. 20 ) through a gear block mount 926 located in handle 902 .
  • Block mount 926 defines through bores 928 a , 928 a ′, 928 b , 928 c within each of which a rack 930 a , 930 a ′, 930 b , 930 c , respectively, is located.
  • Each rack 930 a , 930 a ′, 930 b , 930 c is connected to a respective cable 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c , as described below, and has a flat side 932 defining teeth 934 .
  • associated with racks 930 a , 930 a ′ is a pinion 936 a
  • associated with each rack 930 b , 930 c is a respective pinion 936 b , 936 c .
  • Racks 930 a , 930 a ′ are on opposite sides of pinion 936 a
  • racks 930 b , 930 c are on opposite sides of pinions 936 b , 936 c
  • Pinion 936 b is preferably twice the diameter of pinion 936 c , for reasons discussed below.
  • Pinion 936 a is driven by a reduction gear set 937 , 939 .
  • Gear 939 is mounted to a shaft 942 that is integral with retroflex knob 912 .
  • Pinions 936 b , 936 c are mounted to a shaft 944 that is integral with jaw actuating knob 914 , and passes through shaft 942 .
  • the user turns knob 912 , which causes shaft 942 and pinion 936 a to turn. Since racks 930 a , 930 a ′ are on opposite sides of shaft 942 , rotation of pinion 936 a causes opposed linear motion of racks 930 a , 930 a ′, which moves cables 925 a , 925 a ′ to flex and straighten retroflex portion 910 , as described further below.
  • the user turns knob 914 , which causes shaft 944 and pinions 936 b , 936 c to rotate.
  • each cable 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c mounted over each cable 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c is a cable housing 947 a , 947 a ′, 947 b , 947 c , respectively, and a cable housing adjustment screw 948 a , 948 a ′, 948 b , 948 c , respectively.
  • Cable housing adjustment screws 948 a , 948 a ′, 948 b , 948 c are threadably received within respective block through bores 928 a , 928 a ′, 928 b , 928 c (as shown in FIG. 19 ).
  • Rotation of screws 948 a , 948 a ′, 948 b , 948 c translates cable housings 947 a , 947 a ′, 947 b , 947 c distally and proximally along respective cables 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c to provide an optimal working length for transmitting actuating forces.
  • Cables 925 a , 925 a ′, 925 b , 925 c move freely through their respective housings and screws.
  • stops 949 a , 949 a ′, 949 b , 949 c received within respective block through bores 928 a , 928 a ′, 928 b , 928 c . Stops 949 a , 949 a ′, 949 b , 949 c limit the travel of racks 930 a , 930 a ′, 930 b , 930 c , respectively.
  • cable 925 a is received within a bore 950 defined in rack 930 a .
  • Cable 925 a extends through a hole 952 defined in an end wall 954 of rack 930 a into bore 950 .
  • Located within bore 950 is a spring 956 .
  • Cable 925 a extends through spring 956 and has an enlarged terminal end 957 that maintains the position of cable 925 a relative to spring 956 .
  • Spring 956 acts to continually exert a slight tensile force upon cable 925 a to keep the cable taught.
  • Cables 925 b , 925 c are likewise coupled to racks 930 b , 930 c , respectively.
  • a slide lever 1400 mounted within a bracket 1402 .
  • Switch 915 is received within an opening 1404 in lever 1400 such that movement of switch 915 moves lever 1400 .
  • Lever end 1406 defines a diagonal slot 1408 in which a pin 1410 is received.
  • Pin 1410 is attached to a stop member 1412 that contacts a stop 1414 after jaw closing rack 930 b has traveled a pre-set distance. Movement of lever 1400 in the direction of arrow X causes pin 1410 and stop member 1412 to rotate about the axis of stop member 1412 , disengaging stop member 1412 from stop 1414 to allow further movement of rack 930 b .
  • Cable 1260 attached to lock arm 1250 is attached at its opposite end to switch 915 .
  • switch 915 When switch 915 is moved in the direction of arrow X, cable 1260 moves lock arm 1250 to disengage lock arm 1250 ( FIG. 17E ) from yoke 964 (discussed further below with reference to FIG. 23 ).
  • Bracket 1402 can be adjusted to fine tune the positioning of switch 915 relative to pin 1410 and lock arm 1250 .
  • jaw closing cable 925 b is wound around pulleys 984 , 985 , and 982 , and terminates at a fixed point 986 connected to distal mount 1062 ( FIG. 17E ).
  • Jaw opening cable 925 c is connected in a fixed relationship to post 978 .
  • the user turns knob 914 in the direction of arrow, A ( FIG. 20 ), which moves cable 925 b in the direction of arrow, B, and permits slack in cable 925 c allowing yoke 964 to move distally, in the direction of arrow, C.
  • cable 925 b moves twice the distance of cable 925 c . (This is required due to the routing of cable 925 b around pulleys 982 , 984 , and 985 .) Pins 972 a , 972 b slide along slots 968 a , 968 b causing jaws 920 , 922 to close. To open the jaws, the user turns knob 914 in the direction opposite arrow, A, which tensions cable 925 c and permits slack in cable 925 b . The tension on cable 925 c moves yoke 964 proximally (opposite arrow C) opening jaws 920 , 922 .
  • pin 1410 hits stop 1414 in handle 902 and lock arm notch 1254 and yoke notch 1256 engage to limit further closing of the jaws.
  • the user then pushes switch 915 proximally to move stop member 1412 out of the way and to disengage lock arm 1250 from yoke 964 , this permits knob 914 to be further turned to completely close the jaws and deploy the implant ( FIG. 23D ).
  • retroflex portion 910 includes a series of links 990 that are hinged together with pins 991 .
  • Each link 990 includes a generally U-shaped body 992 with a first section 992 a defining a U-shaped opening and second section 992 b defining a larger U-shaped opening. Extending from body 992 are two mating prongs 994 .
  • Body 992 defines two transverse holes 996 (only one hole 996 being shown in FIG. 24B ), and each prong 994 defines a transverse hole 998 .
  • prongs 994 lie within the U-shaped opening defined by section 992 b .
  • Holes 996 , 998 are aligned, and pin 991 is passed through holes 996 , 998 to join the two links.
  • Body 992 has a side wall 1000 with a portion 1001 of the side wall set at an angle to allow the joined links to flex.
  • Links 990 also define axial holes 1002 , 1003 for receiving cables 924 a ′, 924 a , respectively. Cables 924 a , 924 a ′ terminate on mount 1062 . Pulling cable 924 a flexes portion 910 , and pulling cable 924 a ′ straightens portion 910 .
  • Cover 910 ′ ( FIG. 17A ) covers the links.
  • shaft 904 and mount 1060 define a lumen 1010 for receiving tissue engaging member 908 , a lumen 1012 for receiving flexing cable 924 a , a lumen 1014 for receiving straightening cable 924 a ′, a lumen 1016 for receiving closing cable 925 b , a lumen 1018 for receiving opening cable 925 c , a lumen 1020 for receiving locking cable 1260 , and an extra lumen 1022 if needed.
  • Mount 1062 includes holes 1024 and 1026 for passage of cables 925 b , 925 c , respectively, a hole 1028 at which the end of closing cable 925 b terminates, and a hole 1030 for passage of locking cable 1260 .
  • Tissue engaging member 908 is located in the U-shaped openings defined by U-shaped bodies 992 in retroflex portion 910 .
  • Pins 991 are centered along the central axis of tissue engaging member 908 such that when flexed, tissue engaging member 908 is flexed along is central axis.
  • Tissue engaging member 908 is surrounded by a sheath 927 a ( FIGS. 17D and 18 ).
  • Sheath 927 a runs from handle inlet 1002 to the proximal end of through bore 927 in coupling member 919 .
  • Sheath 927 a is sealed at one end to handle 902 and at the other end to coupling member 919 . This effectively seals the remainder of the instrument from contact with fluid that enters tissue engaging member 908 .
  • Shaft lumen 916 likewise is lined with a sheath 916 ′ that seals the remainder of the instrument from contact with bodily fluids that enter lumen 916 .
  • end effector 906 is configured for deployment of a tissue fixation member upon closing of jaws 920 , 922 without requiring further actuation.
  • Cartridge 960 b of jaw 922 includes tissue passing tubes 1120 a , 1120 b .
  • Removably coupled to each tube 1120 a , 1120 b is a tissue fixation bar 824 a , 824 b having a pointed tip 1122 for penetrating tissue.
  • Each tube 1120 a , 1120 b defines a through bore 1124
  • each bar 824 a , 824 b has a hub 1126 that fits within bore 1124 .
  • Tubes 1120 a , 1120 b and bars 824 a , 824 b have the same outer diameter for ease of penetrating tissue.
  • Bars 824 a , 824 b each define a through hole 1128 for receiving, for example, a suture (not shown), which is passed through both holes and tied off to itself.
  • Bars 824 a , 824 b can be coupled to tubes 1120 a , 1120 b , respectively by a press fit, crimp, or spot laser welding. Crimping can be done around the entire perimeter of the bar, at two (opposing) sides of the bar, or at a single point along the perimeter of the bar.
  • Bars 824 a , 824 b are configured to detach from tubes 1120 a , 1120 b under the force applied by the closing of jaws 920 , 922 .
  • cartridge 960 a defines two arcuate walls 1130 against which bars 824 a , 824 b are positioned upon closing of jaws 920 , 922 .
  • the arcuate walls 1130 apply a lateral force (that is, substantially normal to the long axis of the tubes) to bars 824 a , 824 b , which causes the bars to be released from the respective tubes.
  • jaws 920 , 922 are covered with hood 1220 formed from halves 1222 and 1224 connected at a region 1226 and defining a seam 1228 therebetween. Each half 1222 , 1224 covers a respective jaw 920 , 922 .
  • hood 1220 provides an atraumatic distal end for delivery through the esophagus.
  • halves 1222 , 1224 separate at seam 1228 .
  • Hood 1220 limits trauma to the tissue during transoral insertion of the instrument and eliminates the need for an outer sheath extending the length of the instrument.
  • handle 902 defines an inlet 1002 through which gastroscope 715 is introduced.
  • a seal 1004 for providing a hermetic seal between handle 902 and gastroscope 715 .
  • Seal 1004 has a sealing area 1006 of restricted diameter, and an alignment area 1008 of restricted diameter spaced about 10 mm from area 1006 .
  • Area 1006 has a diameter of about 9 mm, which is about the same or slightly smaller than (about 90% of) the diameter of gastroscope 715 (typically about 10 mm).
  • Area 1008 has a diameter of about 11 mm, which is also about the same or slightly larger than (about 110% of) the diameter of gastroscope 715 .
  • Alignment area 1008 provides support for gastroscope 715 to maintain a hermetic seal at sealing area 1006 during motion of the gastroscope.
  • Seal 1004 is made from, for example, rubber or other deformable material.
  • cartridge 960 a ′ instead of curved surfaces 1130 of FIG. 28 , cartridge 960 a ′ includes a spring member 1130 ′.
  • member 1130 ′ deflects forming a curved surface resulting in a lateral force being applied to bars 824 a , 824 b that acts to dislodge the bars from tubes 1120 a , 1120 b.
  • tubes 1120 ′ include a pair of radially opposed slots 1132 that impart flexibility to end 1133 of the tube to aid in release of the bars from the tubes.
  • Bars 824 ′ can include a pair of guide nubs 1134 received in slots 1132 to radially orients bars 824 ′ relative to tubes 1120 ′.
  • bars 824 ′′ include a bump or undercut 1136 that determine the force needed to remove the bars from the tubes.
  • the tubes can be formed from plastic and molded as an integral component of the cartridges, and the bars can be insert molded into the tubes.
  • bars 824 ′′′ are connected to tubes 1120 ′′ by a weak, frangible area 1137 of decreased diameter that breaks upon application of lateral force to bars 824 ′′′.
  • the tissue fixation member instead of bars attached by suture, the tissue fixation member includes bars 1150 connected by a flexible spanning member 1152 . Bars 1150 define through bores 1154 and are received on members 1156 having tissue penetrating tips 1158 . Members 1156 replace tubes 1120 .
  • Hood 1100 has a tapered distal end 1102 terminating in a small diameter lead portion 1104 .
  • Hood 1100 includes an opening 1106 through which end effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 are deployed, in the direction of arrow, D, after insertion of instrument 900 through the esophagus.
  • Distal end 1102 defines a channel 1105 extending from lead portion 1104 to a slot 1107 .
  • Instrument 900 can be introduced transorally over a guide wire (not shown) by threading the guide wire through channel 1105 entering at lead portion 1104 to exiting at slot 1107 .
  • Hood 1100 is made from, for example, metal, plastic, or elastomeric materials such as rubber, polyurethane or silicone.
  • a pair of flaps 1109 are provided covering assembly 905 .
  • the flaps part when retroflex portion 910 is deployed.
  • volume-filling bullet 1200 that creates a relatively smooth surface at the distal end of the instrument to facilitate insertion of the instrument into a patient.
  • Bullet 1200 defines a through hole 1200 a for delivery over a guide wire.
  • Volume-filling bullet 1200 can be dissolvable in the operating environment, retrievable from the operating environment, or abandonable in the operating environment.
  • the guide wire can have a tip with a larger diameter than hole 1200 a such that bullet 1200 is retained on the guide wire and removable therewith.
  • a hood 1220 ′ includes halves 1222 ′, 1224 ′ that are connected to mount 924 at pivots 1230 .
  • halves 1222 ′, 1224 ′ pivot about pivots 1230 to separate at seam 1228 ′.
  • halves 1222 ′′, 1224 ′′ of a hood 1220 ′′ include spring beams 1240 joined in a region 1226 ′.
  • halves 1222 ′′, 1224 ′′ separate at seam 1228 ′′ and spring beams 1240 deform.
  • an end cap 1242 is placed over the jaws.
  • End cap 1242 can be removed by pushing it off distally using the tissue engagement member, can be dissolvable (for example, made out of starch or gelatin), or can “break-away.” when the jaws are opened. Providing a perforation along the length of cap 1242 can aid in break-away. After removal, cap 1242 can be abandoned in the operating environment, where it is dissolved or passed, or it can be retained by a guide wire so that it is withdrawn when the instrument is withdrawn.
  • an end effector 906 ′ includes jaw members 920 ′, 922 ′, each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 960 a ′, 960 b ′, respectively, releasable mounted to a respective actuating arm 962 a ′, 962 b ′.
  • Jaw 922 ′ contains a pusher rods 814 a , 814 b for deploying bars 824 a , 824 b as described above with reference to FIG. 5 .
  • pusher rods 814 a , 814 b are actuated by yoke 964 .
  • Each arm 962 a ′, 962 b ′ defines a slot 968 a ′, 968 b ′′ having a first arcuate section 974 ′, a second generally linear, angled section 975 ′, and a third generally linear, parallel section 976 ′. Movement of yoke 964 along slot sections 974 ′ and 975 ′ closes jaws 920 ′, 922 ′.
  • an alternative tissue fixation member for use with the embodiments of FIGS. 2 and 41 , includes bars 1150 ′ connected by a flexible spanning member 1152 .′ Bars 1150 ′ replace bars 824 a , 824 b.
  • an instrument 1300 for reconfiguring tissue includes a standard gastroscope 715 and a tissue manipulator 1304 mounted to gastroscope 715 .
  • Tissue manipulator 1304 includes a control mount 1306 that the user mounts to gastroscope tube 1307 by, for example, a friction fit.
  • Control mount 1306 includes knobs 912 , 914 , described above.
  • End effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 of assembly 905 are mounted to a sleeve 1308 through which gastroscope tube 1307 extends.
  • Sleeve 1308 defines conduits for the control cables as described above.
  • Connecting control mount 1306 and sleeve 1308 is a flexible conduit 1310 enclosing the various cables for controlling end effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 , as discussed above.
  • Sleeve 1308 includes a hand grip 1312 .
  • Conduit 1310 permits axial movement of gastroscope 1302 relative to tissue manipulator 1304 . In use, the operator holds the gastroscope handle with one hand, and operates all the controls and manipulates grip 1312 with the other hand, permitting a single operator to control all functions.
  • an instrument 1320 for reconfiguring tissue includes a standard gastroscope 715 to which the user mounts end effector 906 . Cables for actuating the jaws are attached to a jaw control mount 1324 . The cables are received in the standard biopsy channel 1322 ′ of the gastroscope. Retroflexing action is provided by gastroscope 715 and is controlled by the gastroscope controls. Jaw control mount 1324 includes knob 914 for actuating the jaw control cables.
  • an integral instrument 1330 includes a knob 914 mounted directly to gastroscope 1330 .
  • the control cables for actuating the jaws are integrated with the gastroscope control cables.
  • the tissue engaging member for example, member 740 ′ of FIG. 12 , is introduced through the gastroscope channel 1322 ′.
  • Holder 1450 includes a base section 1452 having a first side 1453 a for receiving head 1059 of cartridge 960 a , and a second side 1453 b for receiving head 1059 of cartridge 960 b .
  • Base section 1452 defines an opening 1455 where tubes 1120 a , 1120 b are located. Extending from either side of base section 1452 are two sets of detents 1454 that are positioned on either side of the cartridge head 1059 .
  • a fin 1456 Extending proximally from base section 1452 is a fin 1456 with spring beams 1458 on either side of fin 1456 on both sides of base section 1452 . Located on either side of spring beams 1458 are guide rails 1460 . Between the spring beams is a slot 1461 and between each spring beam 1458 and guide rail 1460 is a slot 1463 .
  • Holder 1450 includes finger grips 1462 for ease of handling. Hood 1220 is provided to the user with holder 1450 . To allow the user to hold finger grips 1462 , finger grips 1462 are attached to the remainder of the holder by a thin section 1462 a over which the slot in the hood is positioned.
  • each cartridge is in turn positioned over base section 1452 with thin section 1057 of the cartridge aligned with slot 1461 .
  • spring beams 1458 are forced apart and thin section 1057 snaps into place in slot 1461 , with spring beams 1458 holding the cartridge in place.
  • Cartridge head 1059 is located between detents 1454 , and side walls 1056 are partially within slots 1463 to align the cartridge and help hold the cartridge in position.
  • base section 1452 located between cartridges 960 a , 960 b , the cartridges are spaced such that the implant will not deploy (corresponding to the position shown in FIG. 23C ).
  • cartridges 960 a , 960 b to attach cartridges 960 a , 960 b to arms 962 a , 962 b , respectively, while holding finger grips 1462 , the user slides the cartridges over the arms (with the arms positioned as shown in FIG. 23C ). Initially, formation 1051 on the inner surfaces of the arms slide between spring beams 1458 forcing the spring beams apart. Further sliding of the cartridge over the arms, positions rectangular member 1050 under arms 1056 and locates clip 1052 in hole 1058 . The cartridges are now attached to the arms. Because spring beams 1458 have been forced apart by formation 1051 , holder 1450 can now be released from cartridges 960 a , 960 b by opening the jaws and the instrument is ready for use.
  • Holder 1450 is preferably formed from plastic, and holder 1450 with cartridges 960 a , 960 b , hood 1220 and the implant are supplied to the surgical personnel in a sterile condition.
  • FIGS. 47A-47F are various views of handle 902 .
  • an instrument 2010 has a proximal end (not shown), a shaft 2012 , a retroflexing portion 2014 , and a distal end effector 2015 including movable arms 2016 , a retractor 2020 , and an implant 2022 .
  • the function of the instrument is controlled by the user by controls at the proximal end, as disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 48 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 .
  • the instrument is in a straight configuration, which is the configuration in which it is inserted into the esophagus and stomach
  • FIG. 49 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position. Retroflexion of retroflexing portion 2014 is accomplished as disclosed in the referenced patent applications. In this position, the distal end of the movable arms 2016 of distal end effector 2015 is located near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 .
  • FIG. 50 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position and the movable arms 2016 in an open position revealing a portion 2018 of an implant 2022 ( FIG. 54 ).
  • the moveable arms 2016 are oriented relative to the retroflexing portion 2014 to grasp the tissue at the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 .
  • the movable arms 2016 open and close in the same plane within which the retroflexing portion 2014 moves.
  • the actuating mechanism used to open movable arms 2016 is substantially the same as the mechanisms described herein, with the movable arms rotated 90° with respect to the configuration described herein such that the arms 2016 open and close in the same plane within which the retroflexing portion 2014 moves.
  • FIG. 51 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, the movable arms 2016 in an open position, and the retractor 2020 engaged with the tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 . Engagement of the retractor 2020 with the tissue at or near the junction 2034 is accomplished as is described herein.
  • FIG. 52 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, the movable arms 2016 in an open position, and the retractor 2020 retracting the tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 into the space between the movable arms 2016 .
  • FIG. 53 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, and the movable arms 2016 closed, to create a fold 2036 of tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 .
  • the mechanism to close the movable arms is as is described herein.
  • FIG. 54 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, and the movable arms 2016 opened.
  • An implant 2022 has been placed through the tissue to maintain fixation of the tissue fold 2036 . Placement of the implant is accomplished as is described herein.
  • FIG. 55 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 , with the instrument 2010 in a straight position, and the movable arms 2016 closed.
  • the tissue fold 2036 is shown, fixated by implant 2022 .
  • the instrument 2010 is in position for removal from the patient.
  • the device and method can be used to treat GERD by creating and fixating a fold of tissue at or near the junction of the esophagus and the stomach, thereby fixating the wall of the stomach to the wall of the esophagus.
  • the fold can be created and fixated via a completely endoluminal technique. More than one fold can be created in the tissue at or near the junction of the esophagus and the stomach.
  • the movable arms can be attached to the retroflexing portion in a manner that allows the operator to rotate the position of the movable arms relative to the retroflexing portion about the center axis of the movable arms, thus allowing the operator to vary the orientation of the tissue fold.
  • a cable actuation mechanism 2100 is used to control a retroflex portion and an end effector of a trans-oral medical device for treating GERD, such as described herein.
  • Mechanism 2100 includes a knob assembly 2102 , a gear assembly 2112 controlled by knob assembly 2102 , and a series of cables 2104 , 2106 , 2108 , 2110 attached to gear assembly 2112 for controlling movement of the retroflex portion and end effector of the medical device.
  • Mechanism 2100 also includes a lever lock button assembly 2113 , which is actuated to allow deployment of an implant coupled to the end effector of the medical device, and an adjust block assembly 2114 through which the cables are guided and which is used to adjust the cables during assembly for proper operation.
  • a cover 1200 a is positioned over assembly 2114 .
  • knob assembly 2102 includes a fixed center shaft 2116 surrounded by a rotatable shaft 2118 that is, in turn, surrounded by a rotatable shaft 2120 .
  • Shaft 2118 includes a gear 2136 that engages a gear-pulley 2150 of gear assembly 2112 .
  • Cables 2106 , 2110 are coupled to gear-pulley 2150 and the end effector such that rotation of gear-pulley 2150 controls opening and closing of jaws of the end effector.
  • Shaft 2120 includes a gear 2144 that engages a gear-pulley 2148 of gear assembly 2112 .
  • Cables 2104 , 2108 are coupled to gear-pulley 2148 and the retroflex portion such that rotation of gear-pulley 2148 controls bending and straightening of the retroflex portion.
  • gear-pulleys 2148 , 2150 are mounted to rotate about a fixed shaft 2146 .
  • Fixed shaft 2146 includes a groove 2152 for receiving a clip 2154 used to secure gear-pulleys 2148 and 2150 to fixed shaft 2146 .
  • Gear-pulley 2148 includes a first groove 2160 for receiving cable 2108 and a second groove 2156 for receiving cable 2104 . As shown in FIG.
  • the ends 2109 , 2105 of cables 2108 , 2104 are attached to groove walls 2161 , 2157 , respectively, for example, by including ball crimps on the end of the cables with the ball crimps being received in openings in the groove walls, such that rotation of gear-pulley 2148 in the direction of arrow, B, pulls cable 2108 to bend the retroflex portion, and rotation in the opposite direction pulls cable 2104 to straighten the retroflex portion.
  • the diameter of groove wall 2161 is approximately twice the diameter of wall 2157 such that the displacement of cable 2108 is approximately twice the displacement of cable 2104 .
  • a mechanical advantage is obtained by having a gear ratio of gear 2148 to gear 2144 of approximately 2:1.
  • Gear-pulley 2150 includes a first groove 2168 for receiving cable 2106 and a second groove 2164 for receiving cable 2110 .
  • the ends 2107 , 2111 of cables 2106 , 2110 are attached to groove walls 2169 , 2165 , respectively, for example, by including ball crimps on the end of the cables with the ball crimps being received in openings in the groove walls, such that rotation of gear-pulley 2150 in the direction of arrow, B, pulls cable 2110 to open the jaws of the end effector, and rotation in the opposite direction pulls cable 2106 to close the jaws.
  • the diameter of groove wall 2169 is approximately twice the diameter of wall 2165 such that the displacement of cable 2106 is approximately twice the displacement of cable 2110 .
  • a mechanical advantage is obtained by having a gear ratio of gear 2150 to gear 2136 of approximately 4:1.
  • Center shaft 2116 includes a groove 2124 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2116 to a lock mechanism (not shown), and a groove 2126 for receiving an o-ring 2128 for creating a seal between shaft 2116 and shaft 2118 .
  • Shaft 2118 includes a groove 2130 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2118 to a knob (not shown), and a groove 2132 for receiving an o-ring 2134 for creating a seal between shaft 2118 and shaft 2120 .
  • Shaft 2120 includes a groove 2138 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2120 to a knob (not shown), and a groove 2140 for receiving an o-ring 2142 for creating a seal between shaft 2120 and a handle housing (not shown).
  • lever lock button assembly 2113 includes a button assembly 2200 coupled to a slide 2216 and a locking mechanism 2214 .
  • Slide 2216 has a cable 2222 ( FIG. 56 ) attached thereto, which actuates a distal lock (not shown) of the end effector.
  • Locking mechanism 2214 limits rotation of gear-pulley 2150 to limit the extent of closing of the jaws until the user wants to deploy the implant.
  • the user pushes on button assembly 2200 , which simultaneously acts to pull cable 2222 to release the distal lock, and actuate locking mechanism 2214 to allow further rotation of gear-pulley 2150 , and thus further closing of the jaws.
  • Button assembly 2200 is connected to a bottom plate 2122 and to a top plate (not shown) by a pin 2202 .
  • button assembly 2200 includes a button element 2203 defining a hole 2204 in which a spring 2205 is inserted, and a forked element 2206 that includes a cross bar 2208 that receives pin 2202 and from which extend two arms 2210 and 2212 .
  • Spring 2205 acts between button element 2203 and a housing 2215 of adjust block 2114 ( FIG. 56 ) to bias button assembly 2200 toward a locking position.
  • Arm 2210 defines a slot 2219 for receiving slide 2216 , and a slot 2220 for receiving a pin 2218 attached to slide 2216 for slidably coupling slide 2216 to arm 2210 .
  • button element 2203 button assembly 2200 , and thus arm 2210 , pivots about pin 2202 in the direction of arrow E.
  • This motion of arm 2210 pulls slide 2216 in the direction of arrow F, with pin 2218 sliding within slot 2220 ( FIG. 61 ), and thus pulls cable 2222 in the direction of arrow F to release the distal lock.
  • Arm 2212 defines a slot 2227 for receiving a bent arm 2224 of locking mechanism 2214 , and a slot 2228 for receiving a pin 2266 attached to bent arm 2224 for slidably coupling bent arm 2224 to arm 2212 .
  • Bent arm 2224 is also coupled to a first portion 2230 of a L-shaped arm 2232 by a pin 2234 .
  • L-shaped arm 2232 is coupled to base plate 2122 by a post 2236 about which arm 2232 can rotate.
  • L-shaped arm 2232 is also fixed to a first end 2237 of a stop lever 2238 by a screw 2240 inserted in a slot 2242 defined by a second portion 2244 of L-shaped arm 2232 .
  • Stop lever 2238 defines a slot 2239 that receives post 2236 about which lever 2238 rotates with arm 2232 ( FIG. 61 ).
  • Lever 2238 has a second end 2246 shaped to engage a pin 2248 of gear-pulley 2150 .
  • lever 2238 limits the extent to which the jaws can be closed, such that the implant is not deployed until the button mechanism is activated to disengage the lever and pin.
  • arm 2212 rotates about pin 2202 in the direction of arrow E, moving bent arm 2224 and L-shaped arm 2232 such that L-shaped arm 2232 rotates about post 2236 in the direction of arrow D ( FIG. 61 ).
  • This motion causes stop lever 2238 to also rotate about post 2236 , disengaging lever 2238 from pin 2248 such that gear-pulley 2250 can be further rotated to deploy the implant.
  • Stop lever slot 2242 facilitates assembly and calibration of cable actuation mechanism 2100 by allowing the position of stop lever 2238 relative to the closing of the jaws to be set during assembly.
  • adjust block assembly 2114 includes housing 2215 with a front end 2800 , a back end 2802 , a first side 2804 , a second side 2806 , a top 2808 , and a bottom 2810 .
  • Housing 2215 defines five slots 2110 E, 2108 E, 2104 E, 2106 E, and 2222 E, four holes 2110 A, 2108 A, 2104 A, and 2106 A at front end 2800 , and five holes 2110 F, 2108 F, 2104 F, 2106 F, and 2222 F at back end 2802 .
  • Holes 2110 A, 2110 F communicate with slot 2110 E for receiving cable 2110 therethrough, holes 2108 A, 2108 F communicate with slot 2108 E for receiving cable 2108 therethrough, holes 2104 A, 2104 F communicate with slot 2104 E for receiving cable 2104 therethrough, and holes 2106 A, 2106 F communicate with slot 2106 E for receiving cable 2106 therethrough.
  • Slot 2222 E is open at front end 2800 for receiving slide 2216 , and communicates with hole 2222 F at back end 2802 for receiving cable 2222 .
  • a cable adjuster 2110 D, 2108 D, 2104 D, 2106 D, and 2222 D, respectively, is received. Cables 2110 , 2108 , 2104 , 2106 , and 2222 each pass through one of the cable adjusters and the cable adjusters are used to set the length of the cables during assembly.
  • a cable adjuster 2110 B, 2108 B, 2104 B, and 2106 B, respectively, can optionally be received to aid in setting the length of the cables.
  • each of cables 2110 , 2108 , 2104 , and 2106 is preferably formed from two cable pieces joined by a coupler 211 C, 2108 C, 2104 C, and 2106 C, respectively.
  • the cable ends each have a ball crimp 21101 , 21081 , 21041 , and 21061 (only one end and ball crimp of each cable being shown in FIG. 63 ) removably received within a slot 2110 J, 2108 J, 2104 J, and 2106 J defined by the coupler.
  • Couplers 2110 C, 2108 C, 2104 C, and 2106 C are received within slots 2110 E, 2108 E, 2104 E, 2106 E, respectively.
  • Slots 2110 E, 2108 E, 2104 E, and 2106 E include front stops 2110 G, 2108 G, 2104 G, and 2106 G, respectively, and back stops 2110 H, 2108 H, 2104 H, and 2106 H, respectively.
  • the stops restrict the movement of couplers 2110 C, 2108 C, 2104 C, and 2106 C, respectively.
  • the stops limit the movement of the couplers and therefore limit the maximum amount of distance that the cables 2110 , 2108 , 2104 , and 2106 can be pulled.
  • knob assembly 2102 and gear assembly 2112 are enclosed in a stack of plates 2900 such that possible slipping of cables 2110 , 2108 , 2104 , and 2106 from grooves 2164 , 2160 , 2156 , and 2168 is limited.
  • the plates have slots as necessary to allow the cables to pass out of the stack of plates 2900 and connect to the adjust block assembly 2114 .
  • the stack of plates 2900 are aligned and connected to bottom plate 2122 and top plate (not shown) by posts 2902 .
  • an alternative embodiment to using contact of the couplers with the ends of the slots in the housing 2215 to bound the movement of the cables includes providing a concentric slot 1302 a in a plate 1300 a of the plate stack, and pins 1304 a and 1306 a attached to gear-pulley 2150 that extend into slot 1302 a .
  • Slot 1302 a has a first end 1308 a and a second end 1310 a .
  • the rotation of gear-pulley 2150 is bounded by pins 1304 a , 1306 a abutting against ends 1308 a , 1310 a .
  • another concentric slot can be providing in another plate, and pins provided on gear-pulley 2148 to bound rotation of gear-pulley 2148 .
  • a handle mechanism 3000 includes a gear 3002 coupled to actuating control knob 914 via shaft 2118 ( FIG. 57 ) to rotate therewith.
  • Gear 3002 drives a transmission assembly 3004 .
  • Transmission assembly 3004 includes a drive gear 3006 , a clutch 3008 , a ring 3009 , a pulley 3010 , and a control arm 3012 .
  • Rotation of gear 3002 causes rotation of drive gear 3006 , ring 3009 , and pulley 3010 (as discussed below with respect to FIG. 96 ).
  • the various components of assembly 3004 interact, as described below, to determine fully open and closed positions of the actuating arms 962 a , 962 b , which are coupled to the pulley 3010 ( FIG. 17G ), to determine a cartridge loading position for the actuating arms, to provide a mechanism for holding the actuating arms in a fixed position for insertion through the esophagus, and to provide a mechanism for holding the actuating arms open when no torque is being applied to knob 914 .
  • a ratchet formed on the pulley 3010 interacts with the control arm 3012 to keep the arms from being pushed apart by the tissue during closing of the actuating arms 962 a , 962 b if the operator lets go of knob 914 .
  • knob 914 When knob 914 is turned to close actuating arms 962 a , 962 b , clutch 3008 slips before the tension applied to the cables reaches a level that could damage the cables, as described further below, which can occur, for example, if something is jamming the actuating arms apart.
  • ring 3009 includes a ramp 3014
  • pulley 3010 includes a first ramp 3015 and a second ramp 3016 .
  • first recess 3018 Defined between ramps 3015 and 3016 is a first recess 3018
  • second recess 3020 At the end of ramp 3014 is a second recess 3020 .
  • the position of recess 3020 relative to recess 3018 is adjustable by rotating ring 3009 relative to pulley 3010 , and is fixed using a set screw 3021 .
  • Pulley 3010 also has a section of ratchet teeth 3022 and a stop pin 3024 .
  • arm 3012 includes a post 3030 rotatably mounted to arm 3012 at pin 3029 .
  • knob 914 When knob 914 is rotated to close the actuating arms, post 3030 travels over ramp 3015 and into recess 3018 . This position of post 3030 sets the position of the actuating arms that corresponds to the desired position for loading the cartridges to the actuating arms, as well as for passing the distal end of the instrument though the esophagus.
  • arm 3012 has a pawl 3032 mounted thereto that rides along ratchet teeth 3022 .
  • the operator pushes a button 3034 ( FIG. 67 ) of arm 3012 , causing the arm 3012 to rotate about a pivot point 3036 to remove post 3030 from recess 3018 .
  • a button 3034 FIG. 67
  • the operator pushes a button 3034 ( FIG. 67 ) of arm 3012 , causing the arm 3012 to rotate about a pivot point 3036 to remove post 3030 from recess 3018 .
  • Continued rotation of knob 914 causes post 3030 to ride along ramps 3016 and 3014 , which also causes arm 3012 to pivot about a pivot point 3036 such that pawl 3032 engages ratchet teeth 3022 .
  • Pawl 3032 includes a torsion spring 3038 that biases the pawl into engagement with teeth 3022 .
  • post 3030 When post 3030 rides along the edge of ramp 3014 , post 3030 pivots about pin 3029 and engages upper ball plunger 3030 a , allowing arm 3012 to remain in position such that pawl 3032 remains disengaged from ratchet teeth 3022 during the opening of the actuating arms.
  • assembly 3004 includes a deploy stop 3040 and an open stop 3042 .
  • the stops 3040 and 3042 are threaded, so that their position is adjustable.
  • Pin 3024 of ratchet 3010 hits stop 3040 when the actuating arms are deployed (corresponding to the position in which post 3030 enters recess 3020 ), and pin 3024 hits stop 3042 when the actuating arms are in their fully open position. In the fully open position, pin 3024 also interacts with a detent 3044 such that the actuating arms are held open until a torque is applied to knob 914 .
  • Also shown in FIG. 71 are a pair of spring-loaded ball plungers 3030 a that act against post 3030 to limit travel of post 3030 and bias the post into a neutral position.
  • the transmission assembly clutch 3008 includes a clutch spring 4002 positioned between the gear 3006 and the pulley 3010 within a recess 4006 in the gear 3006 and a recess 4012 in the pulley 3010 .
  • the clutch spring 4002 includes a post 4004 shaped to fit within the recess 4006 of gear 3006 .
  • the clutch spring 4002 defines a through hole 4007 that receives a post 4008 of the pulley 3010 .
  • the pulley recess 4012 is defined by an inner, waved surface 4014 of a wall 4016 extending from surface 4018 of the pulley 3010 .
  • Clutch spring 4002 includes legs 4010 that interact with the waved surface 4014 to form a one-way clutch.
  • the pulley 3010 includes a protrusion 4020 formed at one end of the set of ratchet teeth 3022 and a stop 4021 formed at the surface 4018 .
  • the ramp 3014 fits snugly between the stop 4021 and the ramp 3016 ( FIGS. 94 and 95 ).
  • FIG. 94 shows the transmission assembly 3004 in position corresponding to when jaw members 3102 a , 3102 b are closed but the implant is not deployed. This position is used during loading of the cartridge and during insertion of the instrument into the patient to prevent damage to surrounding tissue.
  • the knob 914 is turned to close the actuating arms 962 a , 962 b , the gear 3002 rotates the gear 3006 in the direction of arrow 4022 . Because the gear 3006 is keyed to the clutch spring 4002 at the interface of the post 4004 with the recess 4006 , the spring 4002 rotates in the direction of 4022 .
  • clutch spring 4002 rotates the pulley 3010 by the interaction of the legs 4010 with the waved surface 4014 , that is, the clutch spring 4002 does not slip relative to the pulley 3010 .
  • the actuating arms 962 a , 962 b experience an abnormally high resistance to closing, the legs 4010 of the clutch spring 4002 bend inward as the clutch spring 4002 is rotated, thus permitting the clutch spring 4002 to slip relative to the pulley 3010 such that additional tension that could damage the cable is not placed on the actuating arm closing cable attached to the pulley 3010 .
  • clutch spring 4002 may begin to slip relative to the pulley 3010 when the cable experiences a tension greater than 72 pounds, at which point the cable would be overtensioned.
  • the gear 3002 rotates the gear 3006 in the direction of arrow 4024 , which causes the clutch spring 4002 and the pulley 3010 to rotate in the direction of arrow 4024 . Because of the orientation of the legs 4010 relative to the waved surface 4014 , the clutch spring 4002 does not slip relative to the pulley 3010 when the clutch spring 4002 rotates in the direction of arrow 4024 . Thus, a larger torque can be applied by the pulley 3010 in the opening direction (in the direction of arrow 4024 ) than in the closing direction (in the direction of arrow 4022 ).
  • the pawl 3032 engages the protrusion 4020 of the pulley 3010 such that pulley 3010 is retained in its closed position and post 3030 is biased in the position shown in FIG. 94 .
  • the button 3034 is pressed ( FIG. 95 )
  • the arm 3012 rotates about the pivot 3036 and the post 3030 clears the ramp 3016 and rotates out of the biased position of FIG. 94 and into a neutral position due to the force of the spring-loaded ball plunger 3030 a .
  • the button 3034 Since the post 3030 is now pushing against the ramp 3016 , the button 3034 remains in its pressed position and the pawl 3032 engages the ratchet teeth 3022 .
  • the knob 914 can now be rotated to further close the actuating arms.
  • the pulley 3010 rotates in the opening direction (in the direction of arrow 4024 ) and the pawl 3032 is slid across and pushed over the protrusion 4020 because the force of the pulley 3010 is great enough to overcome the biasing force applied to the pawl 3032 by the torsion spring 3038 .
  • the cable actuation mechanism includes a knob assembly 5102 that is designed with a rotatable center shaft 5116 surrounded by a fixed shaft 5118 that is, in turn, surrounded by a rotatable shaft 5120 .
  • the shaft 5120 includes a gear 5144 that engages the gear pulley 2148 of gear assembly 2112 ( FIGS. 57 and 58 ).
  • the shaft 5118 includes the gear 3002 that engages the gear 3006 of the transmission assembly 3004 (FIGS. 67 and 92 - 95 ).
  • the gear 3006 actuates the pulley 3010 , which includes a first groove 5168 for receiving cable 2106 coupled to end effector and a second groove 5164 for receiving cable 2110 coupled to end effector.
  • the center shaft 5116 includes a groove 5126 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5116 and the shaft 5118 .
  • the shaft 5118 includes a groove 5132 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5118 and the shaft 5120 .
  • the shaft 5120 includes a groove 5140 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5120 and a shaft 5145 .
  • the lever 912 a associated with retroflex knob 912 turns the shaft 5145 , which is threaded to a collar 5150 so when the shaft 5145 is turned it engages and disengages a friction lock, as is known in the art.
  • the shaft 5145 is located outside the shaft 5120 and within the collar 5150 .
  • the shaft 5145 is turned by the lever 912 a includes a recess 5155 to receive an o-ring positioned between the shaft 5145 and the collar 5150 to seal the threaded region and the friction lock.
  • an end effector 3100 includes jaw members 3102 a , 3102 b , each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 3104 a , 3104 b covered by a rubber shell 3106 a , 3106 b , respectively.
  • Each jaw member 3102 a , 3102 b is releasably mounted to a respective actuating arm 3108 a , 3108 b .
  • the cartridge 3104 a , 3104 b is configured to receive needles 3101 a that include tissue penetrating elements 3101 b having tissue penetrating tips 3101 c .
  • the portion of the actuating arm 3108 a , 3108 b received within the respective jaw member 3102 a , 3102 b is referred to as the coupler of the actuating arm.
  • rubber shell 3106 b defines a guide wire receiving hole 3110 and two webs of material 3112 , 3114 that span over cartridge 3104 b .
  • Webs 3112 , 3114 hold the shell 3106 b onto the cartridge 3104 b but allow the tissue to push the shell back when squeezing the tissue between the jaw members.
  • Rubber shell 3106 b has a rectangular-shaped end 3116 that meets up uniformly about a mating region 3118 of cartridge 3104 b .
  • Cartridge 3104 b includes sideways extending posts 3120 that limit any tendency of the rubber shell to fold over the cartridge needles 3101 a and potentially get pierced by the needles.
  • Cartridge 3104 b When cartridge 3104 b is loaded onto its respective actuating arm 3108 b , as described above, the metal actuating arm extends into the plastic cartridge and terminates in a region behind the needles 3101 a to support the needles.
  • Cartridge 3104 b has a chamfered inlet region 3121 that receives actuating arm 3108 b.
  • rubber shell 3106 a defines a guide wire receiving hole 3122 and two webs of material 3124 , 3126 that span over cartridge 3104 a .
  • Rubber shell 3106 a has a rectangular-shaped end 3128 that meets up uniformly about a mating region 3130 of cartridge 3104 a .
  • Cartridge 3104 a includes a distally extending post 3132 that limits any tendency of the rubber shell to fold over the cartridge needles 3101 b and potentially get pierced by the needles when the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b are closed.
  • the extending post 3132 extends from a metal clip 3133 that protrudes from a center U-shaped region 3129 of the cartridge 3104 a .
  • the U-shaped region 3129 defines a slot between legs 3131 positioned on opposite sides of clips 3133 .
  • Cartridge 3104 a has a chamfered inlet region 3135 that receives actuating arm 3108 a.
  • the elements 3101 b are pushed through the slot between the legs 3131 (not shown in FIG. 79 ) as the actuating arms are closed to their deployed position.
  • the elements 3101 b are pushed against angled or ramped surfaces 3134 of the clip 3133 such that the elements 3101 b break off and out to the sides and the breaking forces oppose each other.
  • the clip 3133 is formed as a metal protrusion extending from the cartridge 3104 a .
  • an inner side of the element 3101 b contacts the angled surface 3134
  • an outer side of the base of the needle 3101 a contacts the surface of the leg 3131 , thus providing support for the needle 3101 a as the element 3101 b is pushed against the angled surface 3134 .
  • the opposed breaking forces help keep cartridge 3104 a in alignment with cartridge 3104 b , and ensures that both needles are subjected to a force that reliably deploys the implant.
  • Metal clip 3133 keeps the elements 3101 b from digging into the otherwise plastic body of cartridge 3104 a and controls the break load by reducing friction and by setting the angle of the surface 3134 .
  • the load needed to break off the element 3101 b ranges from 2.5 to 5.0 pounds and the angle at which the element 3101 b breaks off from the cartridge 3104 b ranges from 10° to 14°.
  • the legs 3131 of the cartridge 3104 a define conical shaped sections 3158 that help center the needles 3101 a of the cartridge 3104 b relative to the metal clip 3133 of cartridge 3104 a as the elements 3101 b are pushed through the slot between the legs 3131 and while contacting the angled surfaces 3134 of the metal clip 3133 .
  • guide wire receiving holes 3110 and 3122 are in alignment such that a guide wire can be passed through holes 3110 and 3122 to aid passage of the instrument and to assure the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b remain closed during insertion.
  • actuating arm 3108 a is preferably formed of steel and includes a raised ramp 3140 that is received within an opening 3142 in cartridge 3104 a . Opening 3142 has a proximally extending slot 3144 that extends to the end of cartridge 3104 a .
  • Cartridge 3104 a has a section of material 3146 forming a retainer that holds the cartridge to the actuating arm and acts as a bailout mechanism, that is, when a given load (that is, an overload) is applied to actuating arm 3108 a , section 3146 bends or breaks off allowing the instrument to be removed from the patient.
  • Actuating arm 3108 a includes a shaped region 3150 that keys into a corresponding shaped region 3152 of cartridge 3104 a , a lip 3154 that is received within a slot 3156 in cartridge 3104 a , and a metal end 3159 a ( FIGS. 72B and 82 ) that rests against post 3132 to keep the cartridge 3104 a from bending.
  • the length L a of the cavity within the cartridge 3104 a that receives the coupler of the actuating arm 3108 a is approximately 0.7 inches.
  • Actuating arm 3108 b includes a metal end 3159 b ( FIG. 72B ) that fits within a cavity of cartridge 3104 b and extends to the base of the needles 3101 a .
  • the length L b of the cavity within the cartridge 3104 b that receives the coupler of the actuating arm 3108 b is approximately 0.6 inches.
  • the cartridges are supplied to the medical personnel in a holder.
  • jaw members 3102 a , 3102 b are mounted to a holder 3160 in a manner generally as described above.
  • the portions 3162 (only one of which can be seen in the view of FIG. 84 ) of holder 3160 that attach the cartridges to the holder are flexible to allow for automatic alignment when loading the cartridges onto the actuating arms.
  • Holder 3160 can include a tab 3164 with a notation, such as “remove before use,” to remind the operator to remove the holder from the cartridges before use.
  • the tab can be sized such that it would be obvious to the user to not insert the cartridge into the patient with the holder in place.
  • FIGS. 24A-24D show a retroflex portion 910 that includes a series of links.
  • a retroflex portion 910 a includes a proximal mount section 3170 that is also formed from a series of links 3172 to provide additional flexibility to the retroflex portion to ease insertion.
  • section 3170 includes a coupling portion 3174 with prongs 3176 for attaching section 3170 to the remainder of retroflex portion 910 a.
  • a flexible boot 3179 having a portion 3178 and a portion 3180 covers the retroflex portion 910 a .
  • portion 3178 covers links 3172 of proximal mount section 3170 and coupling portion 3174 , except for prongs 3176
  • portion 3180 covers the remaining links of the retroflex portion 910 a .
  • Portion 3178 includes an inner tube end 3181 that seals to lumen 916 and an outer tube end 3182 that seals to shaft 904 .
  • Portion 3180 includes a tube end 3183 that seals to the distal end 905 a at end region 905 b ( FIG. 85 ) of the retroflex portion 910 a.
  • FIGS. 23A-23D show a jaw closing cable 925 b wound around pulleys 984 , 982 and 985 , and terminating at a fixed point 986 .
  • a second jaw closing cable 3180 is wound around pulleys 984 , 982 and 985 and terminates at a fixed point 3182 .
  • the double pulley system achieves a closing force at the tip of the arms of approximately 35 pounds with less than about 15 pounds being applied to each of cables 925 b and 3180 .
  • cables 925 b , 3180 both terminate at a balancing pulley 3194 of the handle mechanism.
  • Balancing pulley 3194 is connected to a yoke 3196 that is connected to the closing pulley, described above, by a short cable 3198 .
  • the pulley 3194 and yoke 3196 move back and forth as the arms are opened and closed. Balancing pulley 3194 ensures that both cables 925 b and 3180 are pulled with the same force.
  • a boot 3184 covers the distal end 905 a of the retroflex portion 910 a except for the part of the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b that engage the cartridges.
  • the boot 3184 is flexible to allow for opening and closing of the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b .
  • the boot includes seals 3186 for sealing off the actuating arms and a seal 3188 for sealing off a port for the retractor (such as retractor 740 or 2020 above).
  • the seals 3186 and 3188 are formed by first wrapping and tying string around the part of the boot 3184 adjacent the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b and then applying glue over the string.
  • Seal 3188 includes interference bumps 3190 that act to hold the distal end of the retractor within the boot 3184 during insertion.
  • Boot 3184 defines a hole 3192 for receiving the guide wire. The boot prevents body fluids from contacting the cables and pulleys during the procedure, and prevents cleaning solutions from contacting the cables and pulleys during cleaning, providing for reuse of the instrument.
  • end effector 3100 is coupled to the retroflex portion 910 a , which is coupled to the shaft 904 .
  • the boot 3184 covering the distal end 905 a seals off the actuating arms 3108 a , 3108 b ( FIG. 72A ) of the jaw members 3102 a , 3102 b .
  • the instrument 900 can be introduced transorally over guide wire 4000 by threading the guide wire 4000 through the shaft 904 , through the lumen 916 , through the hole 3192 of the boot 3184 , and through the guide wire receiving holes 3110 and 3122 , which are in alignment.
  • the clutch spring 4002 is shown with three legs ( FIGS. 92 and 93 ) and with four legs ( FIGS. 94 and 95 ), the clutch spring 4002 can be configured with any number of legs 4010 .
  • the clutch spring 4002 may have one leg, two legs or 10 legs.
  • the seals 3186 and 3188 can be formed using other methods, such as, for example, with an interference fit between the actuating arms and the part of the boot 3184 adjacent the actuating arms.
  • the clip 3133 can be integral with the cartridge 3104 a and the cartridge 3104 a (and the clip 3133 ) can be formed from metal.
  • the clip 3133 can be molded to the end of the cartridge 3104 a , which can be formed from plastic.

Abstract

An instrument for reconfiguring stomach tissue includes a sealing member that seals a section of a tissue manipulator from contact with bodily fluids. The tissue manipulator includes a first portion that is configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient. The tissue manipulator also includes a rectangular member and a cavity for receiving a coupler of the actuating member. The tissue manipulator has a first member with tissue penetrating elements and a second member with engaging elements configured to deflect the tissue penetrating elements upon relative movement of the first and second members. The actuating member includes a tissue penetrating element support positioned to limit bending of the tissue manipulator. The instrument includes an actuating mechanism that is configured to move at least one of the first and second members of the tissue manipulator.

Description

CROSS REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/459,996, filed Apr. 4, 2003, entitled METHOD AND DEVICES FOR TISSUE RECONFIGURATION, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/460,308, filed Apr. 4, 2003, entitled TISSUE FIXATION DEVICES AND METHODS OF FIXING TISSUE, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/381,539, filed May 17, 2002 now abandoned, entitled ACTUATOR FOR CONTROLLING A MEDICAL INSTRUMENT, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/197,574, filed Jul. 18, 2002 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,835,200, entitled METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TISSUE RECONFIGURATION, which claims priority to 60/306,652, filed Jul. 18, 2001 now abandoned, and is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/859,579, filed May 18, 2001 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,821,285, entitled TISSUE RECONFIGURATION, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/574,424, filed May 19, 2000 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,494,888, entitled TISSUE RECONFIGURATION, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/520,273, filed Mar. 7, 2000 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,663,639, entitled METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TISSUE RECONFIGURATION and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/519,945, filed Mar. 7, 2000 now U.S. Pat. No. 6,506,196, entitled DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CORRECTION OF A PAINFUL BODY DEFECT, which claim priority from U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/140,492, filed Jun. 22, 1999, entitled STOMACH ELEVATOR METHOD AND DEVICE, all hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
This description relates to methods and devices for use in the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease.
BACKGROUND
Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) is a common upper-intestinal disorder in which contents of the stomach flow inappropriately from the stomach into the esophagus. Backflow of gastric contents into the esophagus results when gastric pressure is sufficient to overcome the resistance to flow that normally exists at the gastroesophageal junction (GEJ), or when gravity acting on the contents is sufficient to cause flow through the GEJ. Medication, open surgical procedures, laparoscopic surgical procedures and endoscopic techniques are known for treating GERD.
SUMMARY
In one general aspect, a medical instrument includes a tissue manipulator configured for introduction into a patient, and a sealing member configured to substantially seal a section of the tissue manipulator from contact with bodily fluids. The tissue manipulator includes at least one movable member that is movable within the sealing member and has a portion extending out of the sealing member.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the tissue manipulator includes a second movable member that is movable within the sealing member and has a portion extending out of the sealing member. The tissue manipulator includes pivots about which the movable members rotate in opposite directions. The sealing member defines a hole for receiving a guide wire to permit advancement of the tissue manipulator into the patient over the guide wire. The sealing member is a flexible member.
In an illustrated embodiment, the medical instrument includes a flexible linkage coupled to the tissue manipulator, and a sealing portion covering the linkage. The sealing portion abuts the sealing member.
In another general aspect, a medical device includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient. The apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient, the apparatus defines a through hole for receiving a guide wire to permit advancement of the apparatus into the patient over the guide wire.
Implementation can include one or more of the following features. For example, the second portion is configured to be frangibly connected to the implant. The apparatus includes a pair of jaw members that are configured to move in response to actuation by the actuating member. Each jaw member defines a through hole. The through holes overlap when the jaw members are closed to form the guide wire receiving through hole. The jaw members each include a tissue manipulator and a shell over the tissue manipulator. Each tissue manipulator has a coupler that forms part of the first portion of the apparatus. One tissue manipulator includes a region having a frangible connection to a portion of the implant, and the other tissue manipulator includes a region defining an opening for receiving another portion of the implant. The two regions form the second portion of the apparatus. Each shell defines a through hole that forms part of the guide wire receiving through hole.
In another general aspect, a medical device includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient. The apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient. The apparatus is configured to decouple from the actuating member when in the patient upon application of an overload to the actuating member.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the first portion includes a retainer that moves under application of an overload to decouple the apparatus from the actuating member. The retainer is configured such that the overload applied to the actuating arm is less than a load that causes the implant to be pulled through muscle tissue of the patient. The retainer is configured such that the overload applied to the actuating member is less than or equal to about 27 pounds.
In a further general aspect, a medical device includes a first member having at least two tissue penetrating elements connected thereto by a frangible connection, and a second member having an engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating elements in opposite directions and disengage the tissue penetrating elements from the first member at the frangible connection upon relative movement of the first and second members.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the engaging element defines angled surfaces against which the tissue penetrating elements are pushed when the first and second members are moved together. The medical device includes a flexible member coupling the at least two tissue penetrating elements.
In another general aspect, a medical device includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient. The apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient. The apparatus includes a first member having tissue penetrating elements, and a second member having an engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating elements in opposite directions upon relative movement of the first and second members.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the engaging element defines angled surfaces against which the tissue penetrating elements are pushed when the first and second members are moved together. The medical device includes a flexible member coupling the at least two tissue penetrating elements.
In another general aspect, a medical device includes an apparatus sized to be entirely received within an organ of a patient. The apparatus has a first portion configured for releasable coupling to an actuating member, and a second portion configured to receive an implant to be deployed within the patient. The first portion defines a rectangular opening for receiving the actuating member, and a cavity for receiving a coupler of the actuating member, the cavity having a length of at least 0.7 inches.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the first portion includes a shaped region configured to receive a corresponding shaped region of the actuating member, and the first portion defines a slot shaped to receive a lip of the actuating member.
In an illustrated embodiment, the apparatus includes a pair of jaw members. One of the jaw members includes a tissue penetrating element positioned relative to the cavity to be supported by the coupler. The other jaw member includes an engaging element positioned relative to the cavity to be supported by the coupler.
In another general aspect, a medical device includes an actuating member, and an end effector configured for releasable coupling to the actuating member. The end effector has a tissue penetrating element. The actuating member includes a tissue penetrating element support positioned to limit bending of the end effector when the tissue penetrating element penetrates tissue.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the medical device includes a second end effector including a tip engaging element configured to deflect the tissue penetrating element upon relative movement of the end effectors. The actuating member includes a tip engaging element support positioned to limit bending of the second end effector when the tip engaging element deflects the tissue penetrating element. The actuating member includes two arms. One arm includes the tissue penetrating element support and the other arm includes the tip engaging element support.
In a further general aspect, a medical assembly includes a cartridge configured for releasable attachment to a medical instrument, and a resilient holder configured to receive the cartridge such that the cartridge automatically aligns relative to the medical instrument during attachment of the cartridge to the medical instrument.
Implementations can include the resilient holder having resilient portions that are configured to flex upon attachment of the cartridge to the medical instrument if the cartridge is not aligned with the portions.
In another general aspect, a medical instrument includes a tissue manipulator including first and second members, and an actuating mechanism including a cable that is placed under tension to move at least one of the first and second members toward the other member to engage tissue. The actuating mechanism is configured to limit overtensioning of the cable.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the actuating mechanism is configured to limit the application of a tension to the cable of greater than or equal to about 72 pounds. The actuating mechanism includes a clutch configured to slip when an overtension is applied to the cable.
In another general aspect, a medical instrument includes a tissue manipulator including first and second members, and an actuating mechanism including a cable that is placed under tension by an external force to move at least one of the first and second members toward the other member. The actuating mechanism is configured to limit loss of tension on the cable when the external force is removed during deployment.
Implementations can include one or more of the following features. For example, the actuating mechanism includes a knob for applying the external force. The actuating mechanism includes a pawl and a ratchet coupled to the knob. The pawl and the ratchet engage to limit loss of tension on the cable when the external force is removed during deployment.
Aspects of the medical instrument and device may include one or more of the following advantages. For example, the medical instrument and device are designed to facilitate reconfiguration of stomach tissue. Sealing features facilitate cleaning and allow reuse of the instrument. Guide wire receiving holes ease passage of the instrument through the esophagus and into the stomach and minimize trauma. A bailout mechanism allows the instrument to be removed from the patient if the cartridge cannot be disengaged from the tissue. The instrument advantageously deploys the implant using the same mechanism that closes the instrument arms. The instrument is adapted to limit cable breakage if something prevents the instrument arms from closing, for example, if the user attempts to deploy an implant over a previously deployed implant. The instrument also allows the user to deploy the implant with one hand, i.e. when the user lets go of the deployment knob (to reposition the hand to continue turning the knob), the user does not need to hold the knob with their other hand to keep the knob from turning back.
Other features and advantages will be apparent from the description and the drawings.
DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic representation of an instrument in use to reconfigure tissue in the vicinity of the gastroesophageal junction of the stomach;
FIG. 2 shows a tissue fixation device deployed by the instrument of FIG. 1 in use to secure a bulge formed in the tissue;
FIG. 3A is an illustration of the instrument of FIG. 1;
FIG. 3B shows a proximal end of the instrument;
FIG. 3C shows the working channels in a shaft of the instrument;
FIG. 3D is an illustration of a coil assembly of the instrument;
FIG. 4A is a top view of a distal end of the instrument, shown with first and second jaw members in an open position;
FIG. 4B shows the distal end of the instrument located off-axis relative to a shaft of the instrument;
FIG. 5 is a side view of the distal end of the instrument, turned 90 degrees relative to FIG. 4A;
FIG. 6A is an illustration of a first part of the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2;
FIG. 6B is an illustration of the first jaw member with the first part of the tissue fixation device mounted to the jaw member;
FIG. 7 is an illustration of the second jaw member;
FIG. 8 is an illustration of the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2;
FIGS. 9A-9F show the instrument of FIG. 1 in use;
FIG. 10 is an illustration of tissue secured with the tissue fixation device of FIG. 2;
FIGS. 11A and 11B are illustrations of an alternative cable routing for an end effector;
FIG. 12A is an isometric view of a tissue engaging member;
FIG. 12B is an isometric view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A shown with an outer sheath removed;
FIG. 12C is a cross-sectional view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A;
FIG. 12D is a cross-sectional view of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A shown piercing tissue;
FIG. 13A is an isometric view of a proximal end the tissue engaging member of FIG. 12A and a torque generator;
FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the torque generator of FIG. 13A;
FIG. 14A is an illustration of an alternative tissue engaging member;
FIG. 14B is an illustration of an alternative tissue engaging member including a tissue bulking needle;
FIG. 14C is a further illustration of the tissue engaging member of FIG. 14B;
FIGS. 15A-15D are illustrations of an additional alternative tissue engaging member;
FIG. 16A is an isometric view of an instrument for reconfiguring tissue;
FIG. 16B shown the instrument of FIG. 16A receiving a gastroscope;
FIG. 17A is an isometric view of the distal end portion of the instrument of FIG. 16A
FIG. 17B shows the distal end portion of the instrument with a hood member removed;
FIGS. 17C-17E are side views of an end effector of the instrument of FIG. 16A;
FIG. 17F is a side view of a lock arm taken along lines 17F-17F in FIG. 17E;
FIG. 17G is an illustration of disposable components of the instrument of FIG. 16A;
FIG. 17H is an exploded view of the instrument of FIG. 16A;
FIG. 17I is a cross-sectional view of a coupling member of the end effector;
FIG. 18 is a side view of a handle of the instrument of FIG. 16A, shown with a cover removed;
FIG. 19 is an isometric view of a gearbox located in the handle of FIG. 18;
FIG. 20 is an illustration of the mechanism inside the gearbox of FIG. 19;
FIGS. 21A and 21B are end and side views, respectively, of the mechanism of FIG. 20;
FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a rack of the mechanism of FIG. 20;
FIGS. 23A-23D illustrate the closing of jaw members of the end effector;
FIG. 24A is an illustration of the distal end portion in a flexed position;
FIG. 24B is an isometric view of a link of a retroflex portion of the distal end portion;
FIGS. 24C and 24D show the retroflex portion flexed and straight, respectively;
FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a shaft of the instrument of FIG. 16A;
FIG. 26 is an isometric view of the distal end portion with the jaw members open;
FIG. 27 is an illustration of an implant bar of a tissue fixation device shown coupled to a tube of the jaw member;
FIGS. 28A-28C illustrate deployment of the implant bar of FIG. 27;
FIGS. 29A and 29B are illustrations of the hood member with the jaw members closed and open, respectively;
FIG. 30 is an illustration of a seal on the handle of FIG. 18;
FIG. 31 is an illustration of an alternative deployment mechanism;
FIGS. 32-34 are illustrations of alternative means for coupling the implant bar to the tube of the jaw member;
FIG. 35A is an isometric view and FIG. 35B is a cross-sectional view of an alternative tissue fixation device;
FIGS. 36A-40 are illustrations of alternative means for providing an atraumatic distal end on the instrument of FIG. 16A;
FIG. 41A is an isometric view and FIG. 41B is a side view in partial cross-section of an alternative embodiment of an end effector;
FIG. 42 is an illustration of a tissue fixation device for use with the end effector of FIG. 41;
FIGS. 43-45 are illustrations of alternative configurations of an instrument for reconfiguring tissue;
FIGS. 46A-46C are illustrations of a cartridge assembly to which the disposable cartridges of FIG. 17F are mounted for handling and attachment to the instrument; and
FIGS. 47A-47F are isometric, four side views, and an end view, respectively, of the handle of FIG. 18.
FIG. 48 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of an esophagus and a portion of a stomach, and a side view of an instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach;
FIG. 49 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the instrument in a retroflexed position;
FIG. 50 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms open;
FIG. 51 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing a retractor engaging tissue;
FIG. 52 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the retractor retracting the tissue;
FIG. 53 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms closed, forming a tissue fold;
FIG. 54 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the movable arms open and an implant fixating the tissue fold;
FIG. 55 is a side cross sectional view of a portion of the esophagus and a portion of the stomach, and a side view of the instrument in place in the esophagus and stomach, showing the tissue fold, with the instrument in a straight configuration for removal from the patient.
FIG. 56 is an illustration of a cable actuation mechanism;
FIG. 57 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 56 with a lever lock button assembly of the mechanism removed;
FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view of the mechanism of FIG. 56 with the lever lock button assembly of the mechanism removed;
FIG. 59 is an illustration of the lever lock button assembly;
FIG. 60 is an illustration of a button assembly of the lever lock button assembly;
FIG. 61 is an illustration of the lever lock button assembly of FIG. 59 showing the assembly actuated;
FIG. 62 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 56 shown with a second set of optional cable adjusters;
FIG. 63 is an illustration of the mechanism of FIG. 62 shown with a housing removed;
FIG. 64 is an isometric view of the housing taken along lines 9-9 of FIG. 62;
FIG. 65 is an end view of the mechanism of FIG. 62 taken along lines 10-10 of FIG. 62;
FIG. 66 is an illustration of a plate assembly used to bind the movement of the cables;
FIG. 67 is an illustration of an alternative embodiment of a handle mechanism;
FIG. 68 is an illustration of a transmission assembly of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67;
FIG. 69 shows a portion of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 with a gear removed;
FIG. 70 is a view of the handle mechanism taken from the opposite side of the view of FIG. 69;
FIG. 71 is an illustration of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 with the transmission assembly of FIG. 68 removed;
FIG. 72A is an illustration of an alternative embodiment of an end effector;
FIG. 72B is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 72A;
FIG. 73 is a perspective view of a jaw member of the end effector of FIG. 72;
FIG. 74 is a perspective view of a shell of the jaw member of FIG. 73;
FIG. 75 is a perspective view of a cartridge of the jaw member of FIG. 73;
FIG. 76 is a perspective view of a second jaw member of the end effector of FIG. 72;
FIG. 77 is a perspective view of a shell of the jaw member of FIG. 76;
FIG. 78 is a perspective view of a cartridge of the jaw member of FIG. 76;
FIG. 79 is an end view of the end effector of FIG. 72;
FIG. 80 is an illustration of the cartridge of FIG. 78 attached to an actuating arm;
FIG. 81 is an additional illustration of the cartridge of FIGS. 78 and 80;
FIG. 82 is an illustration of the actuating arm of FIG. 80;
FIG. 83 shows the cartridges and shells attached to a holder;
FIG. 84 is an illustration of the holder for the cartridges and shells;
FIGS. 85 and 86 are illustrations of an alternative embodiment of a retroflex portion of the instrument;
FIGS. 87 a-87 c are illustrations of a boot for sealing off portions of the retroflex portion of FIGS. 85 and 86;
FIG. 88 a is an illustration of an alternative embodiment of a distal actuating mechanism of the instrument;
FIG. 88 b is an illustration of the handle mechanism of FIG. 67 shown with the two closing cables of FIG. 88 a;
FIGS. 89 and 90 show a boot for sealing off portions of the distal end of the instrument;
FIG. 91 is an illustration of a distal portion of the instrument;
FIGS. 92 and 93 are exploded perspective views of a clutch of the transmission assembly of FIG. 67;
FIGS. 94 and 95 show a portion of the transmission assembly of FIG. 67 with a gear removed; and
FIG. 96 shows a cross-sectional perspective view of a knob assembly of FIG. 67.
Like reference symbols in the various drawings indicate like elements.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Referring to FIG. 1, an instrument 700 for reconfiguring stomach tissue, for example, stomach tissue in the vicinity of the gastroesophageal junction (GEJ) 702, such as tissue 704 of the lesser curvature of the stomach or any portion of the stomach within about 2 cm of the GEJ, is shown. The GEJ is the region of transition from the esophagus and the stomach. The lesser curvature of the stomach is a portion of the stomach located beyond the GEJ. Instrument 700 includes an elongated shaft 710 dimensioned to permit transoral access to the stomach, and a tissue manipulator 712 for manipulating stomach tissue. Positioned within a lumen 714 defined by shaft 710 is a standard GI endoscope 715 providing visual guidance of the reconfiguring procedure. Instrument 700 is particularly adapted for treating GERD. Using instrument 700, as described below, a bulge, plication or tissue wrap is formed in the vicinity of gastroesophageal junction 702 to reduce reflux of stomach fluids into the esophagus.
Tissue manipulator 712 has an elongated cable assembly 716 housed within lumen 714 of shaft 710, and a distal end effector 718 actuated to perform the various steps in the tissue reconfiguring procedure by cable assembly 716. End effector 718 includes first and second jaw members 720, 722 that engage tissue 704. Cable assembly 716 includes first and second cable pairs 724 a, 724 b, and 726 a, 726 b for moving jaws 720, 722 relatively toward and away from one another, respectively, in a first plane, and a third cable 728 for moving end effector 718 relative to shaft 710 in a second plane generally transverse to, and preferably perpendicular to, the first plane, as described further below. During insertion into the stomach, end effector 718 is aligned with shaft 710 (as shown in FIG. 3A). Once positioned in the stomach, cable 728 is actuated to articulate end effector 718 out of alignment with shaft 710 (as shown in FIG. 1).
Cable assembly 716 includes a spring beam 784, formed from, for example, stainless steel or Nitinol, extending into shaft 710. End effector 718 is attached to beam 784 at a distal end 785 of beam 784. Beam 784, in its rest state, is biased toward a straight alignment. Pulling cable 728 bends beam 784. When cable 728 is released, beam 784 returns toward the straight alignment.
Referring also to FIG. 2, mounted to first jaw 720 is a first part 732 of a tissue securement member, for example, a fixation device 730, and mounted to second jaw 722 is a second part 734 of tissue fixation device 730. As described further below, after jaws 720, 722 engage tissue 704 and manipulate the tissue in a wrapping action to create a bulge 736 in, for example, the lesser curvature of the stomach, tissue fixation device 730 is deployed to secure the engaged tissue together. Cable assembly 716 includes a fourth cable 737 for deploying fixation device 730, as described further below.
End effector 718 further includes a tube 738 and a third tissue engaging member or retractor, for example, a coil 740, received within tube 738, for purposes described below. Coil 740 is housed within an overtube 742, and coil 740 and overtube 742 can be moved axially proximally and distally relative to jaws 720, 722, along the axis, A, of cable assembly 716. Coil 740 can be rotatably advanced into tissue.
Referring to FIG. 3A, instrument 700 has, at its proximal end 745, a handle 743 with a control knob 744 for controlling cables 724 a, 724 b, 726 a, 726 b to close and open jaws 720, 722, and a control knob 746 for controlling cable 728 to move end effector 718. Handle 743 includes a port 748 through which coil 740 and overtube 742 can be introduced into shaft lumen 714, and a pull-knob 750 for deploying tissue fixation device 730, as described below. As shown in FIG. 3B, handle 743 defines a channel 752 through which endoscope 715 is introduced into shaft lumen 714.
Referring to FIGS. 1 and 3C, which shows the working channels in shaft 710 for receiving the various cables, overtube 742 and endoscope 715, within lumen 714 of shaft 710 are cable housings 760 a, 760 b defining channels 762 a, 762 b in which cables 724 a, 724 b for closing jaws 720, 722 are received, and cable housings 764 a, 764 b defining channels 766 a, 766 b in which cables 726 a, 726 b for opening jaws 720, 722 are received. Within lumen 714 are also a cable housing 768 defining a channel 770 in which cable 728 for bending end effector 718 is received, and a cable housing 772 defining a channel 774 in which cable 737 for deploying fixation device 730 is received. Coil 740 and overtube 742 are received in a channel 778 defined in a coil housing 776 in lumen 714. Housing 776 extends from port 748 to tube 738. As shown in FIG. 3D, coil 740 has a tissue penetrating tip 741 and a distal section 740 a having a looser wound coil than the remainder of coil 740. Endoscope 715 is received in a channel 782 defined in an endoscope housing 780 in lumen 715.
Spring beam 784 is located generally between cable housing 776 and endoscope housing 780, and extends about 4 inches into shaft 710 from the distal end of the shaft where beam 784 is mounted to shaft 710 by, for example, silicone adhesive/sealant. The various cable housings and spring beam 784 do not move relative to shaft 710 and handle 743. It is the movement of the cables within the cable housings that actuate end effector 718. Shaft 710 is preferably formed from, for example, heat-shrink tubing.
Referring again to FIG. 3A, end effector 718 has a length, L1, of about 2 inches, cable assembly 716 extends axially by a length, L2, of about 2.5 inches from shaft 710, shaft 710 has a length, L3, of about 23.5 inches, and handle 743 has a length, L4, of about 5 inches. Cable assembly 716, spring beam 784, and shaft 710 have the necessary flexibility to permit transoral placement of instrument 700 into the stomach. The length, L1, of relatively rigid end effector 718 is minimized to ensure the necessary flexibility of instrument 700 is maintained. The distance that cable assembly 716 extends axially from shaft 710 is selected to cantilever beam 784 permitting the desired bending of end effector 718 relative to shaft 710 to position jaws 720, 722 against the inner surface of the stomach in the vicinity of the GEJ.
Distal end effector 718 is sized to fit through a 12-16 mm diameter channel (corresponding to the diameter of the esophagus) and shaft 710 has an outer diameter of about 12 to 16 mm to enable transoral passage of instrument 700 into the stomach. Scope channel 782 has a diameter of either about 8 mm or 10 mm. An 8 mm diameter scope channel allows passage of 7.9 mm pediatric gastroscope, and a 10 mm diameter scope channel allows passage of a 9.8 mm adult gastroscope. Channel 778 has a diameter of about 2-3 mm for receiving cable 742.
Distal end effector 718 is shown in more detail in FIGS. 4A and 4B. End effector 718 includes a central mount 800 defining a slot 801. Spanning slot 801 and supported by mount 800 is a pin 803 to which 720, 722 are pivotally mounted. Central mount 800 also houses two pulleys 802 over which cables 724 a, 724 b are respectively passed for closing jaws 720, 722. Cables 724 a, 724 b terminate at points 804, 806 on jaws 720, 722, respectively. Cables 726 a, 726 b for opening jaws 720, 722 terminate at points 808, 810 on jaws 720, 722, respectively, proximal of points 804, 806. Tube 738 of end effector 718 for receiving coil 740 and overtube 742 is attached to mount 800, and cable 728 for bending end effector 718 terminates at point 811 on tube 738.
Pulling cables 724 a, 724 b proximally moves jaws 720, 722 toward one another generally in a first plane (in the plane of the paper in FIG. 4A). Pulling cables 726 a, 726 b proximally moves jaws 720, 722 away from one another generally in the first plane. Pulling cable 728 proximally bends beam 784 moving end effector 718 in a second plane (out of the plane of the paper in FIG. 4A) generally perpendicular to the first plane.
Referring also to FIG. 5, jaw 720 includes two guide tubes 816 a, 816 b and a slider 812 including two push rods 814 a, 814 b guided within tubes 816 a, 816 b, respectively. Slider 812 is mounted to jaw 720 to slide relative to jaw 720. Tubes 816 a, 816 b curve about jaw 720 to terminate in tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b (FIG. 6B), respectively. Push rods 814 a, 814 b can be formed from molded plastic such as polyethylene or polypropylene or as a braided stainless steel cable to provide the flexibility to follow the curve of tubes 816 a, 816 b. Cable housing 772 is attached to slider 812 and cable 737 terminates at a fixed point 739 on jaw 720. Actuation of cable 737 pushes slider 812 distally, as described below.
First part 732 of tissue fixation device 730 is shown in more detail in FIGS. 6A and 6B. First part 732 of tissue fixation device 730 defines through holes 820 a, 820 b (FIG. 6C), and part 732 is loaded onto jaw 720 with tips 818 a, 818 b received in through holes 820 a, 820 b, respectively. Connected to part 732 with a suture 822 are two securing elements, for example, bars 824 a, 824 b. Each bar 824 a, 824 b defines two through holes 826 a, 826 b. Suture 822 is threaded through holes 826 a, 826 b of the bars and through holes 820 a, 820 b of part 732, and is tied together forming a knot 823 to secure bars 824 a, 824 b to part 732. Tubes 818 a, 818 b each define a channel 827 for receiving one of bars 824 a, 824 b, and a slot 828 communicating with channel 827 for receiving suture 822 therethrough.
Referring particularly to FIGS. 4B and 7, jaw 722 has a distal member 830 defining a slot 832 for receiving second part 734 of fixation device 730, and slots 834 a, 834 b for receiving tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b. Second part 734 of fixation device 730 defines through holes 836 a, 836 b for receiving tips 818 a, 818 b. When jaws 720, 722 are closed, tips 818 a, 818 b pass through slots 834 a, 834 b and holes 836 a, 836 b. Actuation of fixation device deployment cable 737 after closing jaws 720, 722 pushes slider 812 and push rods 814 a, 814 b distally, advancing bars 824 a, 824 b out of tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b, and locating bars 824 a, 824 b on the far side 838 of second part 734 of fixation device 730, as shown in FIG. 8.
Referring to FIGS. 9A-9F, in use, under endoscopic guidance, the physician advances instrument 700 transorally to position end effector 718 in the stomach. During advancement into the stomach, end effector 718 is generally aligned along the axis of shaft 710, as shown in FIG. 9A. The physician then turns control knob 746 to pull cable 728 proximally, thereby bending beam 784 moving end effector 718 out of alignment with shaft 710 to the position shown in FIG. 9B. By then turning control knob 744 to pull cables 726 a, 726 b, jaws 720, 722 are pivoted about pins 803 to the open position shown in FIG. 9C.
The physician then advances coil 740 and overtube 742 by pushing the coil and overtube distally in channel 778 advancing coil 740 and overtube 742 out of tube 738 and into contact with stomach tissue, preferably stomach tissue beyond the gastroesophageal junction, as shown in FIG. 1. With overtube 742 pressing against the tissue to stabilize the tissue, the physician rotates coil 740 while applying slight distal pressure to advance the coil into the tissue, as shown in FIG. 9D. Coil 740 and overtube 742 are then pulled proximally to pull tissue between jaws 720, 722. Jaws 720, 722 are then closed by turning control knob 744 to pull cables 724 a, 724 b proximally, as shown in FIG. 9E. The turning of the control knob can also be the action that pulls coil 740 and overtube 742 proximally, ensuring that coil 740 and overtube 742 are positioned out of the way of the closing of the jaws. A lockout can be incorporated to prevent the jaws from closing if coil 740 and overtube 742 are not in their proximal position.
The closing of the jaws places parts 732, 734 of fixation device 730 in contact with two tissue sections, for example, against two spaced tissue surfaces in the stomach, and causes tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b to penetrate through the tissue and into holes 836 a, 836 b in second part 734 of fixation device 730. To deploy fixation device 730, the physician pulls cable 737 proximally removing slack from cable 737. Because cable housing 772 is of fixed length and is non-movably attached to the handle, removing slack from cable 737 causes cable housing 772 to move distally, advancing slider 812 to push t- bars 824 a, 824 b out of tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b, as shown in FIG. 9F.
The physician then opens the jaws, disengages jaw 722 from second part 734, returns the distal end effector to its original position generally aligned with shaft 710, closes the jaws and removes instrument 700. FIG. 10 shows a cross-section of the tissue with fixation device 730 in place securing bulge 736.
Other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.
For example, rather than a coil 740, alternative tissue penetrating or grasping elements such as a T-bar suture or two small grasping jaws can be employed. Instrument 700 can be used without the third tissue engaging member.
Referring to FIGS. 11A and 11B, an end effector 718′ includes an alternative cable routing for actuating jaws 720, 722. End effector 718′ includes cables 726 a, 726 b for opening jaws 720, 722, a single cable 724′ for closing jaws 720, 722, and cable 737 for advancing slider 812. End effector 718′ also includes pivot 803 and a series of pulleys 850 a, 850 b, 850 c, 850 d, and 850 e around which the cables are routed.
Cable 724′ has a first portion 852 a that is routed under (as viewed in FIGS. 11A and 11B) pulley 850 a and over pulley 850 c; a second portion 852 b that extends between pulleys 850 c and 850 b; and a third portion 852 c routed under pulley 850 b and over pulley 850 a. Cable 726 a has a first portion 854 a that extends to pulley 850 d and a second portion 854 b that extends between pulley 850 d and anchor 851 a fixed to central mount 800. Cable 726 b has a first portion 856 a that extends to pulley 850 e and a second portion 856 b that extends between pulley 850 d and anchor 851 b fixed to central mount 800.
To open jaws 720 and 722, the user applies a tensile force F1 to cables 726 a and 726 b (by turning control knob 744). The tensile force F1 draws the first portions 854 a and 856 a of cables 726 a and 726 b proximally in the same direction as force F1 and draws the second portions 854 b and 856 b of cables 726 a and 726 b distally around respective pulleys 850 e and 850 d. Turning knob 744 also produces slack in cable 724′. A net force F3 results and draws jaws 720, 722 open.
To close jaws 720, 722, the user applies a tensile force F2 to portions 852 a and 852 b of cable 724′ (by turning control knob 744 in the opposite direction, which also relieves tension in cables 726 a, 726 b). The tensile force F2 acts to shorten portion 852 b of cable 724′, thereby drawing pulleys 850 c and 850 b together and jaws 720, 722 closed.
Referring to FIG. 12A, in an alternative embodiment, a third tissue engagement member 740′ includes a tissue-engaging coil 860 with a tissue piercing end 860 a, a helical drive shaft 862, and a coupling member 864 for translating a torque applied by drive shaft 862 to coil 860. Helical drive shaft 862 is preferably wound in a direction opposite that of tissue engaging coil 860, for reasons described below. Positioned over and axially movable relative to coupling member 864 is a sprung sheath 866. Tissue engagement member 740′ can be used alone or can replace tissue engagement member 740 of FIG. 1. Coil 860 has, for example, six loops with a pitch of 1½ mm from loop-to-loop and a diameter of 2 mm. Other configurations can be used, for example, one loop and greater with the number of loops times the pitch corresponding to the desired penetration depth into the tissue.
Referring to FIG. 12B, in which tissue engagement member 740′ is shown without sprung sheath 866, coupling member 864 includes a first, distal-most section 864 a with a diameter, D1; a second section 864 b with a diameter D2 larger than D1; a third section 864 c with a diameter D3 between D1 and D2; a fourth section 864 d with a diameter D4 about equal to D2; a fifth section 864 e with a diameter D5 larger than D4; and a proximal-most section 864 f having a diameter D6 about equal to D1. Diameters D1-D6 are, for example, about 0.04″, 0.09″, 0.06″, 0.09″, 0.12″ and 0.04″, respectively. Defined between sections 864 a and 864 b is a shelf 867 a; defined between sections 864 b and 864 c is a shelf 867 b; defined between sections 864 c and 864 d is a shelf 867 c; defined between sections 864 d and 864 e is a shelf 867 d; and defined between sections 864 e and 864 f is a shelf 867 e. Drive shaft 862 is received over coupling member section 864 f and coil 860 is received over coupling member section 864 a. Drive shaft 862 and coil 869 are attached to coupling member 864 by, for example, soldering. Coil 860 has a coil length, L, of, for example, about 0.2″, extending beyond the distal end 868 of section 864 a. Positioned on coupling member section 864 c between shelves 867 b and 867 c is a spring 870 that biases sprung sheath 866 distally.
Referring to FIG. 12C, sprung sheath 866 defines a lumen 872 and has a first section 866 a with an inner diameter d1, a second hub section 866 b with an inner diameter d2 less than d1, and a third section 866 c with an inner diameter d3 about equal to d1. Coil 860 is received within lumen 872 in sheath section 866 a. Spring 870 is located within lumen 872 radially between coupling member section 864 c and section 866 c of sheath 866 and axially between hub 866 b and shelf 867 c. Sheath hub 866 b is biased against shelf 867 b by spring 870. The spacing between coupling member shelf 867 d and a proximal end 874 b of sheath 866 permits axial, proximal movement of sheath 866 against the action of spring 870.
To facilitate assembly of tissue engaging member 740′, coupling member 864 is formed from two parts 876 a, 876 b having mating fingers 878 joined, for example, by compression fitting. This configuration permits sheath 866 to be slid over part 876 a prior to joining part 876 b to 876 a.
Referring also to FIG. 12D, in operation, the user places distal end 874 a of sheath 866 against tissue T to be pierced to stabilize the tissue. The user then applies distal and rotational forces to drive shaft 862, which causes coupling member 864 and coil 860 to move distally and rotate into the tissue, for example, the mucosal layer of tissue. As coil 860 advances into the tissue, distal end 874 a of sheath 866 remains on the surface of the tissue, spring 870 is compressed, and shelf 867 d advances toward sheath proximal end 874 a. When coil 860 has been anchored in the tissue, for example, the muscle layer of tissue underlying the mucosal layer (which takes about 3 or 4 turns of the coil into the tissue), the user can manipulate the tissue with tissue engaging member 740′. By engaging multiple layers of tissue, member 740′ provides a secure grasp on the tissue.
Sprung sheath 866 acts to stabilize both the tissue and coil 860 when coil 860 is advanced into the tissue. Sheath 866 compresses the tissue, facilitating initial penetration of the coil into the tissue, and helps keep the tissue from twisting as the coil rotates. Furthermore, the coil 860 tends to want to go off-axis as it rotates into the tissue. Sprung sheath 866 provides enough force against the tissue and has enough friction against the tissue surface to limit movement of sheath 866 as coil 860 is advanced into the tissue. This counteracts the tendency of the coil to want to go off-axis.
Due to the opposed winding of drive shaft 862 and coil 860, the rotational force applied to drive shaft 862 causes a decrease in the diameter of drive shaft 862 upon encountering torsional resistance. This decrease in the diameter of drive shaft 862 limits contact of drive shaft 862 with the wall of an associated working channel in which drive shaft 862 is located and thus possible jamming in the working channel.
Referring to FIGS. 13A and 13B, to apply the distally and rotationally directed forces to drive shaft 862, a torque generator 882 held by the user and a drive rod 880 releasably attached to torque generator 882 and extending through handle 743 are coupled to drive shaft 862. Drive rod 880 runs a majority of the length of instrument 700 to provide high torque, with drive shaft 862 extending in the area of the retroflex region to provide high flexibility. Drive rod 880 and drive shaft 862 are coupled, for example, by soldering. Torque generator 882 includes a handle 883, a collet 885, and a spring loaded cap 887. Collet 885 includes a circumferential section 885′ and four legs 885 a extending from section 885′, each with an enlarged end 885 b. Each leg 885 a has a flat, inner facing surface 885 c that together define a square opening 886. Drive rod 880 has a coupling member 889 with four flat sides 889 a. Coupling member 889 is received within opening 886 with flat sides 889 a aligned with surfaces 885 c such that when closed, torque generator 882 and drive rod 880 are rotationally locked.
Handle 883 defines a bore 881′ in which a pin 882′ is received, and a larger diameter bore 883′ in which pin 882′, collet 885 and a spring 887′ are received. Cap 887 is biased distally by spring 887′. Pin 882′ is press fit into bore 881′ and into circumferential section 885′ of collet 885. To attach drive rod 880 to torque generator 882, cap 887 is moved proximally against the force of spring 887′, which allows legs 885 a to be flexed outward permitting coupling member 889 to be positioned in opening 886. The user releases cap 887, and spring 887′ acts to move cap 887 distally closing legs 885 a around coupling member 889. Distal motion of cap 887 is limited by contact of a shelf 880′ of cap 887 against enlarged leg ends 885 b.
Tissue engaging member 740′ is preferably a single use disposable product supplied sterile to the user. Member 740′ can be loaded into the instrument from the distal end of the instrument and then attached to torque generator 882. This preserves the sterility of the distal end of member 740′.
Referring to FIG. 14A, in an alternative embodiment, rather than stabilizing tissue with sprung sheath 866 of FIG. 12A, positioned within coil 860 is a solid needle 881 a. Needle 881 a extends from coupling member 864. Needle 881 a facilitates the initial engagement of coil 860 with the tissue, and is particularly applicable to situations in which coil 860 approaches the tissue surface at an angle. Referring to FIGS. 14B and 14C, rather than a solid needle, positioned within coil 860 and extending to the proximal end of the tissue engagement member is a matter injector needle 881 b, which can be advanced through coil 860. Matter injector needle 881 b has a metal tip 881 c on a flexible, plastic tube 881 d. Coupling member 864, coupling member 889, pin 882′, and hand grip 883 define aligned through bores that slidably receive needle 881 b. Needle 881 b replaces drive rod 880, and drive shaft 862 extends the length of the instrument.
Matter injector needle 881 b can be used in “bulking” procedures to augment tissue in a selected region by injecting a biocompatible material, such as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,336,263 to Ersek et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In use, coil 860 acts to anchor needle 881 b in the tissue to counteract pressure created by the material injection, which would tend to push needle 881 b out of the tissue. For matter injection, the tissue engaging instrument can be used through a working channel of an endoscope, or in conjunction with instrument 700. Alternatively, the wire forming coil 860 can define a lumen and matter injected through the wire lumen.
Referring to FIGS. 15A and 15B, an alternative third tissue engagement member 740′″ includes an elongate member 892 that passes through a working channel of instrument 700 and a pair of pincers 893 a and 893 b pivotably mounted at a pivot 895 to the distal end 892 a of elongate member 892. Pincers 893 a and 893 b each include a respective pincer tip 891 a and 891 b suitable for piercing tissue. Pincers 893 a and 893 b are actuated, for example, by one or more guide wires (not shown), as is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,613,499 to Palmer et al., hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Pincers 893 a and 893 b are generally arcuate in shape with pincer tips 891 a and 891 b oriented substantially normal to lines L1, L2 defined by pivot point 895 and the end of each respective pincer tip. Pincers 893 a and 893 b are made from a rigid, sterilizable material capable of maintaining pincer tips 891 a and 891 b suitable for puncturing tissue and withstanding at least short term exposure to operating environments such as the stomach. As such, pincers 893 a and 893 b can be made from metals such as stainless steel and Co—Cr alloys.
Referring to FIGS. 15C and 15D, in operation, with pincers 893 a and 893 b in their opened position, the user advances tissue engagement member 740′″ into contact with a tissue surface such as a mucosal layer 894 on a muscle layer 895 in the stomach. The user then closes pincers 893 a and 893 b such that the pincer tips 891 a and 891 b penetrate through the mucosal layer 894 and into muscle layer 895. Once the pincer tips 891 a and 891 b have been drawn together, the user retracts the pincers 893 a and 893 b from the engaged tissue using the elongate member 892. Plication and/or bulking of the retracted tissue can follow as described elsewhere herein.
Due to the arcuate shape of pincers 893 a and 893 b, the initial closing of the pincers results in substantially distal translation of pincer tips 891 a, 891 b, with further closing of the pincers resulting in substantially transverse motion of pincer tips 891 a, 891 b. This distributes the retraction load applied by the pincers 893 a and 893 b for plication over a relatively large area of tissue, limiting the possibility of tearing the tissue during retraction.
Referring to FIGS. 16A and 16B, in accordance with another embodiment of the invention, an instrument 900 for reconfiguring stomach tissue includes a handle 902, an elongated instrument shaft 904, and a distal actuating assembly 905. As discussed below, the configuration of assembly 905, and the means of attachment of assembly 905 to instrument shaft 904, substantially seals a lumen of shaft 904 that houses the actuating cables from contact with bodily fluids. As a result, only a disposable portion of assembly 905 need be supplied to the user in a sterile condition. The remainder of the instrument can simply be disinfected by manual cleaning and soaking in a disinfecting solution between procedures.
As in embodiments discussed above, instrument 900 receives gastroscope 715 and a tissue engagement member 908 (such as coil 740 or 740′ described above). Assembly 905 includes a retroflex portion 910 that is manipulated by the user to orient assembly 905 (as shown in FIG. 16B). Handle 902 includes control knobs 912, 914 that actuate assembly 905, and a switch 915 that disengages a lock mechanism, as described below.
Referring to FIGS. 17A and 17B, shaft 904 defines a lumen 916 through which the end of gastroscope 715 protrudes. Retroflex portion 910 has a sloping curved wall section 918 against which the end of gastroscope 715 is received. When flexed, retroflex portion 910 is bent in a direction away from section 918 (arrow A). Assembly 905 further includes a coupling member 919 and an end effector 906. Coupling member 919 includes a first portion 923 that attaches to retroflex portion 910, and a mount 924 to which end effector 906 is pivotally mounted. End effector 906 includes jaw members 920, 922, each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 960 a, 960 b, respectively, releasable mounted to a respective actuating arm 962 a, 962 b.
Covering retroflex portion 910 and coupling member portion 923 is a cover 910′, and covering mount 924 and end effector 906 is a hood 1220, discussed further below. Hood 1220 provides an atraumatic distal end for transoral placement of instrument 900, and cover 910′ seals retroflex portion 910 and coupling member portion 923 from contact with bodily fluids.
In use, with gastroscope 715 in instrument lumen 916 and the end of the gastroscope residing in section 918, the user advances instrument 900 transorally into the stomach. Once in the stomach, gastroscope 715 is independently manipulated to obtain the desired view. The user flexes instrument 900 (as shown in FIG. 16B), opens jaws 920, 922, advances the tissue engagement member into engagement with the tissue to stabilize the tissue, closes jaws 920, 922 such that cartridges 960 a, 960 b manipulate the tissue into a bulge, and deploys an implant, as described further below.
Referring to FIG. 17C (coupling member 919 has been partially removed from FIG. 17C for clarity), actuating arms 962 a, 962 b are pivotally coupled to mount 924 at pivots 963 a, 963 b, respectively. A pair of cables, discussed below, for opening and closing jaws 920, 922 are coupled to the jaws via a yoke 964. Yoke 964 has a generally H-shaped section 965 with two legs 966 a straddling arm 962 a, and two legs 966 b straddling arm 962 b. Each arm 962 a, 962 b defines a slot 968 a, 968 b, and each leg 966 a, 966 b defines a through hole 970 a, 970 b. Received within slot 968 a and holes 970 a is a pin 972 a, and received within slot 968 b and holes 970 b is a pin 972 b. Slots 968 a, 968 b each have first and second sections 974, 975. Slot sections 974 are orientated at a greater angle relative to the axis of the instrument than that of slot sections 975, for purposes described below. Yoke 964 includes a post 978 extending proximally from section 965. Post 978 extends into coupling member 919. Mounted to post 978 is a first pulley 982, and mounted to coupling member 919 are two pulleys 984, 985, which a jaw closing cable is routed over, as described below.
Portion 923 and mount 924 of coupling member 919 have flat sides 923 a, 924 a and rounded sides 923 b, 924 b, as shown in FIG. 17D. Rounded sides 923 b, 924 b define a through bore 927 for passage of the tissue engagement member. Mount 923 also defines a through bore 931 through which yoke 964 extends.
Referring to FIGS. 17E and 17F, located in portion 923 is a lock arm 1250 pivotally mounted at 1252. Lock arm 1250 has a ridge 1253 with curved wall 1254 and yoke 964 defines a notch 1256 with a correspondingly shaped curved wall 1258. After a predetermined amount of distal travel of yoke 964, curved wall 1254 of ridge 1253 engages with curved wall 1258 of notch 1256 to limit further distal travel of yoke 964. Lock arm 1250 is biased by a compression spring 1262 to rotate clockwise about pivot 1252 (arrow Y) such that when notch 1256 passes under lock arm 1250, lock arm 1250 is rotated under the force of spring 1262 to engage curved walls 1254, 1258. Attached to lock arm 1250 is a cable 1260 for moving arm 1250 out of engagement with yoke 964 to allow further distal travel of yoke 964.
FIG. 17G illustrates the replaceable nature of cartridges 960 a, 960 b. Arms 962 a, 962 b each include a flat, rectangular member 1050 and a clip 1052. Member 1050 has formations 1051, 1053 extending from either side of member 1050. Formations 1051 have a thin distal section 1051 a that slopes to a wider proximal section 1051 b, for purposes described below with reference to FIG. 46. Cartridges 960 a, 960 b each include a first pair of side walls 1054, a second pair of side walls 1056 defining slots 1056 a, an opening 1058, and a head 1059. Opening 1058 is rectangular in shape, here shown square, though other shapes are suitable that have a mating contour with a flat proximal edge 1058 a. Instead of an opening 1058, an indentation in the cartridge that corresponds to the shape of clip 1052 can be employed. Side walls 1054, 1056 are separated by a thin section 1057 that allows the cartridge to flex.
To attach cartridges 960 a, 960 b to arms 962 a, 962 b, respectively, the cartridge is slid over the arm with side walls 1054 aligning the cartridge to the arm. Rectangular member 1050 is received in slots 1056 a while the cartridge flexes over clip 1052 such that clip 1052 is received within opening 1058 to lock the cartridge to the arm. To remove the cartridge, the user pushes on side walls 1054 to flex the cartridge away from clip 1052, and the cartridge is then slid off the arm.
Referring to the exploded view of FIG. 17H, retroflex portion 910 has a proximal mount 1060 that is, for example, glued onto the end of shaft 904, and a distal mount 1062 that is received within a slot 933 in mount 923. Mounts 1062, 923 are attached, for example, by screws. Mount 1062 is preferably metal and coupling member 919 is preferably plastic.
Referring to FIG. 17I, the only member of instrument 900 that extends from retroflex region 910 through the sealed section formed by cover 910′ is yoke 964. To limit access of bodily fluids to retroflex portion 910, coupling member portion 923 defines a space 1070 in which an o-ring 1072 is positioned to seal off through bore 931.
Referring to FIGS. 18-20, to control retroflex portion 910 and end effector 906, knobs 912, 914 interface with a series of cables 925 a, 925 a′, 925 b, 925 c (FIG. 20) through a gear block mount 926 located in handle 902. Block mount 926 defines through bores 928 a, 928 a′, 928 b, 928 c within each of which a rack 930 a, 930 a′, 930 b, 930 c, respectively, is located. Each rack 930 a, 930 a′, 930 b, 930 c is connected to a respective cable 925 a, 925 a′, 925 b, 925 c, as described below, and has a flat side 932 defining teeth 934. Referring particularly to FIGS. 21A and 21B, associated with racks 930 a, 930 a′ is a pinion 936 a, and associated with each rack 930 b, 930 c is a respective pinion 936 b, 936 c. Racks 930 a, 930 a′ are on opposite sides of pinion 936 a, and racks 930 b, 930 c are on opposite sides of pinions 936 b, 936 c. Pinion 936 b is preferably twice the diameter of pinion 936 c, for reasons discussed below. Pinion 936 a is driven by a reduction gear set 937, 939. Gear 939 is mounted to a shaft 942 that is integral with retroflex knob 912. Pinions 936 b, 936 c are mounted to a shaft 944 that is integral with jaw actuating knob 914, and passes through shaft 942.
To manipulate retroflex portion 910, the user turns knob 912, which causes shaft 942 and pinion 936 a to turn. Since racks 930 a, 930 a′ are on opposite sides of shaft 942, rotation of pinion 936 a causes opposed linear motion of racks 930 a, 930 a′, which moves cables 925 a, 925 a′ to flex and straighten retroflex portion 910, as described further below. To manipulate the jaws, the user turns knob 914, which causes shaft 944 and pinions 936 b, 936 c to rotate. Since racks 930 b, 930 c are on opposite sides of shaft 944, rotation of pinions 936 b, 936 c causes opposed linear motion of racks 930 b, 930 c, which moves cables 925 b, 925 c to open and close the jaws, as described further below. Associated with knob 912 is a tension adjustment lever 912 a, and associated with knob 914 is a tension adjustment knob 914 a, as is well known in the art.
Referring to FIGS. 20 and 22, mounted over each cable 925 a, 925 a′, 925 b, 925 c is a cable housing 947 a, 947 a′, 947 b, 947 c, respectively, and a cable housing adjustment screw 948 a, 948 a′, 948 b, 948 c, respectively. Cable housing adjustment screws 948 a, 948 a′, 948 b, 948 c are threadably received within respective block through bores 928 a, 928 a′, 928 b, 928 c (as shown in FIG. 19). Rotation of screws 948 a, 948 a′, 948 b, 948 c translates cable housings 947 a, 947 a′, 947 b, 947 c distally and proximally along respective cables 925 a, 925 a′, 925 b, 925 c to provide an optimal working length for transmitting actuating forces. Cables 925 a, 925 a′, 925 b, 925 c move freely through their respective housings and screws.
On the opposite side of racks 930 a, 930 a′, 930 b, 930 c from screws 948 a, 948 a′, 948 b, 948 c are stops 949 a, 949 a′, 949 b, 949 c received within respective block through bores 928 a, 928 a′, 928 b, 928 c. Stops 949 a, 949 a′, 949 b, 949 c limit the travel of racks 930 a, 930 a′, 930 b, 930 c, respectively.
Referring particularly to FIG. 22, cable 925 a is received within a bore 950 defined in rack 930 a. Cable 925 a extends through a hole 952 defined in an end wall 954 of rack 930 a into bore 950. Located within bore 950 is a spring 956. Cable 925 a extends through spring 956 and has an enlarged terminal end 957 that maintains the position of cable 925 a relative to spring 956. Spring 956 acts to continually exert a slight tensile force upon cable 925 a to keep the cable taught. Cables 925 b, 925 c are likewise coupled to racks 930 b, 930 c, respectively.
Referring again to FIG. 19, attached to block mount 926 is a slide lever 1400 mounted within a bracket 1402. Switch 915 is received within an opening 1404 in lever 1400 such that movement of switch 915 moves lever 1400. Lever end 1406 defines a diagonal slot 1408 in which a pin 1410 is received. Pin 1410 is attached to a stop member 1412 that contacts a stop 1414 after jaw closing rack 930 b has traveled a pre-set distance. Movement of lever 1400 in the direction of arrow X causes pin 1410 and stop member 1412 to rotate about the axis of stop member 1412, disengaging stop member 1412 from stop 1414 to allow further movement of rack 930 b. Cable 1260 attached to lock arm 1250 is attached at its opposite end to switch 915. When switch 915 is moved in the direction of arrow X, cable 1260 moves lock arm 1250 to disengage lock arm 1250 (FIG. 17E) from yoke 964 (discussed further below with reference to FIG. 23). Bracket 1402 can be adjusted to fine tune the positioning of switch 915 relative to pin 1410 and lock arm 1250.
As shown in FIGS. 23A-23D, jaw closing cable 925 b is wound around pulleys 984, 985, and 982, and terminates at a fixed point 986 connected to distal mount 1062 (FIG. 17E). Jaw opening cable 925 c is connected in a fixed relationship to post 978. To close jaws 920, 922, the user turns knob 914 in the direction of arrow, A (FIG. 20), which moves cable 925 b in the direction of arrow, B, and permits slack in cable 925 c allowing yoke 964 to move distally, in the direction of arrow, C. Due to the 2:1 ratio between pinions 936 b and 936 c, cable 925 b moves twice the distance of cable 925 c. (This is required due to the routing of cable 925 b around pulleys 982, 984, and 985.) Pins 972 a, 972 b slide along slots 968 a, 968 b causing jaws 920, 922 to close. To open the jaws, the user turns knob 914 in the direction opposite arrow, A, which tensions cable 925 c and permits slack in cable 925 b. The tension on cable 925 c moves yoke 964 proximally (opposite arrow C) opening jaws 920, 922.
Due to the orientation of slot sections 974, 975, during the initial stage of jaw closing (FIG. 23B) when the yoke is sliding along slot section 974, there is a greater ratio of jaw closing for the distance the piston moves than during the later stage (FIG. 23C) when the yoke is sliding along slot section 975. Such a configuration provides faster jaw closing with lower mechanical advantage when less closing force is needed (because the jaws are not yet contacting the tissue), and slower jaw closing with higher mechanical advantage when more closing force is needed as the jaws grasp the tissue and pierce through the tissue. After the jaws have reached the position of FIG. 23C, pin 1410 hits stop 1414 in handle 902 and lock arm notch 1254 and yoke notch 1256 engage to limit further closing of the jaws. The user then pushes switch 915 proximally to move stop member 1412 out of the way and to disengage lock arm 1250 from yoke 964, this permits knob 914 to be further turned to completely close the jaws and deploy the implant (FIG. 23D).
Referring to FIGS. 24A-24D, retroflex portion 910 includes a series of links 990 that are hinged together with pins 991. Each link 990 includes a generally U-shaped body 992 with a first section 992 a defining a U-shaped opening and second section 992 b defining a larger U-shaped opening. Extending from body 992 are two mating prongs 994. Body 992 defines two transverse holes 996 (only one hole 996 being shown in FIG. 24B), and each prong 994 defines a transverse hole 998. When two links 990 are mated, prongs 994 lie within the U-shaped opening defined by section 992 b. Holes 996, 998 are aligned, and pin 991 is passed through holes 996, 998 to join the two links. Body 992 has a side wall 1000 with a portion 1001 of the side wall set at an angle to allow the joined links to flex. Links 990 also define axial holes 1002, 1003 for receiving cables 924 a′, 924 a, respectively. Cables 924 a, 924 a′ terminate on mount 1062. Pulling cable 924 a flexes portion 910, and pulling cable 924 a′ straightens portion 910. Cover 910′ (FIG. 17A) covers the links.
Referring also to FIG. 25, in addition to lumen 916 for receiving gastroscope 715, shaft 904 and mount 1060 define a lumen 1010 for receiving tissue engaging member 908, a lumen 1012 for receiving flexing cable 924 a, a lumen 1014 for receiving straightening cable 924 a′, a lumen 1016 for receiving closing cable 925 b, a lumen 1018 for receiving opening cable 925 c, a lumen 1020 for receiving locking cable 1260, and an extra lumen 1022 if needed. Mount 1062 includes holes 1024 and 1026 for passage of cables 925 b, 925 c, respectively, a hole 1028 at which the end of closing cable 925 b terminates, and a hole 1030 for passage of locking cable 1260.
Tissue engaging member 908 is located in the U-shaped openings defined by U-shaped bodies 992 in retroflex portion 910. Pins 991 are centered along the central axis of tissue engaging member 908 such that when flexed, tissue engaging member 908 is flexed along is central axis. Tissue engaging member 908 is surrounded by a sheath 927 a (FIGS. 17D and 18). Sheath 927 a runs from handle inlet 1002 to the proximal end of through bore 927 in coupling member 919. Sheath 927 a is sealed at one end to handle 902 and at the other end to coupling member 919. This effectively seals the remainder of the instrument from contact with fluid that enters tissue engaging member 908. Shaft lumen 916 likewise is lined with a sheath 916′ that seals the remainder of the instrument from contact with bodily fluids that enter lumen 916.
Referring to FIGS. 26 and 27, end effector 906 is configured for deployment of a tissue fixation member upon closing of jaws 920, 922 without requiring further actuation. Cartridge 960 b of jaw 922 includes tissue passing tubes 1120 a, 1120 b. Removably coupled to each tube 1120 a, 1120 b is a tissue fixation bar 824 a, 824 b having a pointed tip 1122 for penetrating tissue. Each tube 1120 a, 1120 b defines a through bore 1124, and each bar 824 a, 824 b has a hub 1126 that fits within bore 1124. Tubes 1120 a, 1120 b and bars 824 a, 824 b have the same outer diameter for ease of penetrating tissue. Bars 824 a, 824 b each define a through hole 1128 for receiving, for example, a suture (not shown), which is passed through both holes and tied off to itself. Bars 824 a, 824 b can be coupled to tubes 1120 a, 1120 b, respectively by a press fit, crimp, or spot laser welding. Crimping can be done around the entire perimeter of the bar, at two (opposing) sides of the bar, or at a single point along the perimeter of the bar.
Bars 824 a, 824 b are configured to detach from tubes 1120 a, 1120 b under the force applied by the closing of jaws 920, 922. Referring to FIGS. 26 and 28A-28C, cartridge 960 a defines two arcuate walls 1130 against which bars 824 a, 824 b are positioned upon closing of jaws 920, 922. As shown in FIG. 28C, upon closure of jaws 920, 922, the arcuate walls 1130 apply a lateral force (that is, substantially normal to the long axis of the tubes) to bars 824 a, 824 b, which causes the bars to be released from the respective tubes. When jaws 920, 922 are opened, and instrument 900 pulled proximally, bars 824 a, 824 b and parts 732, 734 (discussed above with reference to FIG. 8) of the tissue fixation member are released from jaws 920, 922.
Referring to FIGS. 29A and 29B, jaws 920, 922 are covered with hood 1220 formed from halves 1222 and 1224 connected at a region 1226 and defining a seam 1228 therebetween. Each half 1222, 1224 covers a respective jaw 920, 922. When the jaws are closed, as shown in FIG. 29A, hood 1220 provides an atraumatic distal end for delivery through the esophagus. When the jaws are opened, as shown in FIG. 29B, halves 1222, 1224 separate at seam 1228. Hood 1220 limits trauma to the tissue during transoral insertion of the instrument and eliminates the need for an outer sheath extending the length of the instrument.
Referring to FIG. 30, handle 902 defines an inlet 1002 through which gastroscope 715 is introduced. Located at inlet 1002 is a seal 1004 for providing a hermetic seal between handle 902 and gastroscope 715. Seal 1004 has a sealing area 1006 of restricted diameter, and an alignment area 1008 of restricted diameter spaced about 10 mm from area 1006. Area 1006 has a diameter of about 9 mm, which is about the same or slightly smaller than (about 90% of) the diameter of gastroscope 715 (typically about 10 mm). Area 1008 has a diameter of about 11 mm, which is also about the same or slightly larger than (about 110% of) the diameter of gastroscope 715. Alignment area 1008 provides support for gastroscope 715 to maintain a hermetic seal at sealing area 1006 during motion of the gastroscope. Seal 1004 is made from, for example, rubber or other deformable material.
Other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.
For example, referring to FIG. 31, instead of curved surfaces 1130 of FIG. 28, cartridge 960 a′ includes a spring member 1130′. When bars 824 a, 824 b contacts members 1130′, member 1130′ deflects forming a curved surface resulting in a lateral force being applied to bars 824 a, 824 b that acts to dislodge the bars from tubes 1120 a, 1120 b.
Referring to FIG. 32, in an alternative embodiment, tubes 1120′ include a pair of radially opposed slots 1132 that impart flexibility to end 1133 of the tube to aid in release of the bars from the tubes. Bars 824′ can include a pair of guide nubs 1134 received in slots 1132 to radially orients bars 824′ relative to tubes 1120′. Referring to FIG. 33, bars 824″ include a bump or undercut 1136 that determine the force needed to remove the bars from the tubes. The tubes can be formed from plastic and molded as an integral component of the cartridges, and the bars can be insert molded into the tubes. Referring to FIG. 34, bars 824′″ are connected to tubes 1120″ by a weak, frangible area 1137 of decreased diameter that breaks upon application of lateral force to bars 824′″.
Referring to FIGS. 35A and 35B, instead of bars attached by suture, the tissue fixation member includes bars 1150 connected by a flexible spanning member 1152. Bars 1150 define through bores 1154 and are received on members 1156 having tissue penetrating tips 1158. Members 1156 replace tubes 1120.
Referring to FIG. 36A, to aid in insertion of instrument 900 through the esophagus, end effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 are partially covered with an atraumatic hood 1100. Hood 1100 has a tapered distal end 1102 terminating in a small diameter lead portion 1104. Hood 1100 includes an opening 1106 through which end effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 are deployed, in the direction of arrow, D, after insertion of instrument 900 through the esophagus. Distal end 1102 defines a channel 1105 extending from lead portion 1104 to a slot 1107. Instrument 900 can be introduced transorally over a guide wire (not shown) by threading the guide wire through channel 1105 entering at lead portion 1104 to exiting at slot 1107. Hood 1100 is made from, for example, metal, plastic, or elastomeric materials such as rubber, polyurethane or silicone.
As shown in FIG. 36B, to further ensure trauma to tissue as the instrument is introduced transorally is avoided, a pair of flaps 1109 are provided covering assembly 905. The flaps part when retroflex portion 910 is deployed.
Referring to FIG. 37, rather than a hood covering end effector 906, placed between jaws 920, 922 is volume-filling bullet 1200 that creates a relatively smooth surface at the distal end of the instrument to facilitate insertion of the instrument into a patient. Bullet 1200 defines a through hole 1200 a for delivery over a guide wire. Volume-filling bullet 1200 can be dissolvable in the operating environment, retrievable from the operating environment, or abandonable in the operating environment. For example, the guide wire can have a tip with a larger diameter than hole 1200 a such that bullet 1200 is retained on the guide wire and removable therewith.
Referring to FIG. 38, in another embodiment, a hood 1220′ includes halves 1222′, 1224′ that are connected to mount 924 at pivots 1230. When the jaws are opened, halves 1222′, 1224′ pivot about pivots 1230 to separate at seam 1228′. In FIG. 39, halves 1222″, 1224″ of a hood 1220″ include spring beams 1240 joined in a region 1226′. When the jaws are opened, halves 1222″, 1224″ separate at seam 1228″ and spring beams 1240 deform.
Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 40, to provide an atraumatic distal end, an end cap 1242 is placed over the jaws. End cap 1242 can be removed by pushing it off distally using the tissue engagement member, can be dissolvable (for example, made out of starch or gelatin), or can “break-away.” when the jaws are opened. Providing a perforation along the length of cap 1242 can aid in break-away. After removal, cap 1242 can be abandoned in the operating environment, where it is dissolved or passed, or it can be retained by a guide wire so that it is withdrawn when the instrument is withdrawn.
Referring to FIGS. 41A and 41B, in an alternative embodiment, an end effector 906′ includes jaw members 920′, 922′, each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 960 a′, 960 b′, respectively, releasable mounted to a respective actuating arm 962 a′, 962 b′. Jaw 922′ contains a pusher rods 814 a, 814 b for deploying bars 824 a, 824 b as described above with reference to FIG. 5. However, rather than employing a separate mechanism for actuating pusher rods 814 a, 814 b, pusher rods 814 a, 814 b are actuated by yoke 964. Each arm 962 a′, 962 b′ defines a slot 968 a′, 968 b″ having a first arcuate section 974′, a second generally linear, angled section 975′, and a third generally linear, parallel section 976′. Movement of yoke 964 along slot sections 974′ and 975′ closes jaws 920′, 922′. To deploy tissue fixation device 730 (FIG. 2), movement of yoke 964 along section 976′ of slots 968 a, 968 b moves pusher rods 814 a, 814 b distally advancing bars 824 a, 824 b out of tissue penetrating tips 818 a, 818 b to deploy fixation device 730, as described above with reference to FIGS. 4A and 4B.
Referring to FIG. 42, an alternative tissue fixation member for use with the embodiments of FIGS. 2 and 41, includes bars 1150′ connected by a flexible spanning member 1152.′ Bars 1150′ replace bars 824 a, 824 b.
The instruments embodied in FIGS. 43-45 are configured to allow one person to control both the gastroscope and the tissue reconfiguring instrument. Referring particularly to FIG. 43, an instrument 1300 for reconfiguring tissue includes a standard gastroscope 715 and a tissue manipulator 1304 mounted to gastroscope 715. Tissue manipulator 1304 includes a control mount 1306 that the user mounts to gastroscope tube 1307 by, for example, a friction fit. Control mount 1306 includes knobs 912, 914, described above. End effector 906 and retroflex portion 910 of assembly 905 are mounted to a sleeve 1308 through which gastroscope tube 1307 extends. Sleeve 1308 defines conduits for the control cables as described above. Connecting control mount 1306 and sleeve 1308 is a flexible conduit 1310 enclosing the various cables for controlling end effector 906 and retroflex portion 910, as discussed above. Sleeve 1308 includes a hand grip 1312. Conduit 1310 permits axial movement of gastroscope 1302 relative to tissue manipulator 1304. In use, the operator holds the gastroscope handle with one hand, and operates all the controls and manipulates grip 1312 with the other hand, permitting a single operator to control all functions.
Referring to FIG. 44, an instrument 1320 for reconfiguring tissue includes a standard gastroscope 715 to which the user mounts end effector 906. Cables for actuating the jaws are attached to a jaw control mount 1324. The cables are received in the standard biopsy channel 1322′ of the gastroscope. Retroflexing action is provided by gastroscope 715 and is controlled by the gastroscope controls. Jaw control mount 1324 includes knob 914 for actuating the jaw control cables. In the embodiment of FIG. 45, rather than mounting the tissue reconfiguring instrument to a standard gastroscope, an integral instrument 1330 includes a knob 914 mounted directly to gastroscope 1330. The control cables for actuating the jaws are integrated with the gastroscope control cables. The tissue engaging member, for example, member 740′ of FIG. 12, is introduced through the gastroscope channel 1322′.
Referring to FIGS. 46A and 46B, cartridges 960 a, 960 b are supplied to the medical personnel in a holder 1450. Holder 1450 includes a base section 1452 having a first side 1453 a for receiving head 1059 of cartridge 960 a, and a second side 1453 b for receiving head 1059 of cartridge 960 b. Base section 1452 defines an opening 1455 where tubes 1120 a, 1120 b are located. Extending from either side of base section 1452 are two sets of detents 1454 that are positioned on either side of the cartridge head 1059. Extending proximally from base section 1452 is a fin 1456 with spring beams 1458 on either side of fin 1456 on both sides of base section 1452. Located on either side of spring beams 1458 are guide rails 1460. Between the spring beams is a slot 1461 and between each spring beam 1458 and guide rail 1460 is a slot 1463. Holder 1450 includes finger grips 1462 for ease of handling. Hood 1220 is provided to the user with holder 1450. To allow the user to hold finger grips 1462, finger grips 1462 are attached to the remainder of the holder by a thin section 1462 a over which the slot in the hood is positioned.
To load cartridges 960 a, 960 b in holder 1450, each cartridge is in turn positioned over base section 1452 with thin section 1057 of the cartridge aligned with slot 1461. By pushing down on the cartridge, spring beams 1458 are forced apart and thin section 1057 snaps into place in slot 1461, with spring beams 1458 holding the cartridge in place. Cartridge head 1059 is located between detents 1454, and side walls 1056 are partially within slots 1463 to align the cartridge and help hold the cartridge in position. With base section 1452 located between cartridges 960 a, 960 b, the cartridges are spaced such that the implant will not deploy (corresponding to the position shown in FIG. 23C).
Referring also to FIG. 46C, to attach cartridges 960 a, 960 b to arms 962 a, 962 b, respectively, while holding finger grips 1462, the user slides the cartridges over the arms (with the arms positioned as shown in FIG. 23C). Initially, formation 1051 on the inner surfaces of the arms slide between spring beams 1458 forcing the spring beams apart. Further sliding of the cartridge over the arms, positions rectangular member 1050 under arms 1056 and locates clip 1052 in hole 1058. The cartridges are now attached to the arms. Because spring beams 1458 have been forced apart by formation 1051, holder 1450 can now be released from cartridges 960 a, 960 b by opening the jaws and the instrument is ready for use.
Holder 1450 is preferably formed from plastic, and holder 1450 with cartridges 960 a, 960 b, hood 1220 and the implant are supplied to the surgical personnel in a sterile condition.
FIGS. 47A-47F are various views of handle 902.
Referring to FIGS. 48-55, an instrument 2010 has a proximal end (not shown), a shaft 2012, a retroflexing portion 2014, and a distal end effector 2015 including movable arms 2016, a retractor 2020, and an implant 2022. The function of the instrument is controlled by the user by controls at the proximal end, as disclosed herein.
FIG. 48 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032. The instrument is in a straight configuration, which is the configuration in which it is inserted into the esophagus and stomach
FIG. 49 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position. Retroflexion of retroflexing portion 2014 is accomplished as disclosed in the referenced patent applications. In this position, the distal end of the movable arms 2016 of distal end effector 2015 is located near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032.
FIG. 50 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position and the movable arms 2016 in an open position revealing a portion 2018 of an implant 2022 (FIG. 54). It is important to note that the moveable arms 2016 are oriented relative to the retroflexing portion 2014 to grasp the tissue at the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032. The movable arms 2016 open and close in the same plane within which the retroflexing portion 2014 moves. The actuating mechanism used to open movable arms 2016 is substantially the same as the mechanisms described herein, with the movable arms rotated 90° with respect to the configuration described herein such that the arms 2016 open and close in the same plane within which the retroflexing portion 2014 moves.
FIG. 51 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, the movable arms 2016 in an open position, and the retractor 2020 engaged with the tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032. Engagement of the retractor 2020 with the tissue at or near the junction 2034 is accomplished as is described herein.
FIG. 52 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, the movable arms 2016 in an open position, and the retractor 2020 retracting the tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032 into the space between the movable arms 2016.
FIG. 53 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, and the movable arms 2016 closed, to create a fold 2036 of tissue at or near the junction 2034 of the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032. The mechanism to close the movable arms is as is described herein.
FIG. 54 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a retroflexed position, and the movable arms 2016 opened. An implant 2022 has been placed through the tissue to maintain fixation of the tissue fold 2036. Placement of the implant is accomplished as is described herein.
FIG. 55 shows the instrument 2010 in place in the esophagus 2030 and the stomach 2032, with the instrument 2010 in a straight position, and the movable arms 2016 closed. The tissue fold 2036 is shown, fixated by implant 2022. The instrument 2010 is in position for removal from the patient.
The device and method can be used to treat GERD by creating and fixating a fold of tissue at or near the junction of the esophagus and the stomach, thereby fixating the wall of the stomach to the wall of the esophagus. The fold can be created and fixated via a completely endoluminal technique. More than one fold can be created in the tissue at or near the junction of the esophagus and the stomach. The movable arms can be attached to the retroflexing portion in a manner that allows the operator to rotate the position of the movable arms relative to the retroflexing portion about the center axis of the movable arms, thus allowing the operator to vary the orientation of the tissue fold.
Referring to FIG. 56, a cable actuation mechanism 2100 is used to control a retroflex portion and an end effector of a trans-oral medical device for treating GERD, such as described herein. Mechanism 2100 includes a knob assembly 2102, a gear assembly 2112 controlled by knob assembly 2102, and a series of cables 2104, 2106, 2108, 2110 attached to gear assembly 2112 for controlling movement of the retroflex portion and end effector of the medical device. Mechanism 2100 also includes a lever lock button assembly 2113, which is actuated to allow deployment of an implant coupled to the end effector of the medical device, and an adjust block assembly 2114 through which the cables are guided and which is used to adjust the cables during assembly for proper operation. When assembled, a cover 1200 a is positioned over assembly 2114.
Referring to FIG. 57, knob assembly 2102 includes a fixed center shaft 2116 surrounded by a rotatable shaft 2118 that is, in turn, surrounded by a rotatable shaft 2120. Shaft 2118 includes a gear 2136 that engages a gear-pulley 2150 of gear assembly 2112. Cables 2106, 2110 are coupled to gear-pulley 2150 and the end effector such that rotation of gear-pulley 2150 controls opening and closing of jaws of the end effector. Shaft 2120 includes a gear 2144 that engages a gear-pulley 2148 of gear assembly 2112. Cables 2104, 2108 are coupled to gear-pulley 2148 and the retroflex portion such that rotation of gear-pulley 2148 controls bending and straightening of the retroflex portion.
Referring to FIG. 58, gear- pulleys 2148, 2150 are mounted to rotate about a fixed shaft 2146. Fixed shaft 2146 includes a groove 2152 for receiving a clip 2154 used to secure gear- pulleys 2148 and 2150 to fixed shaft 2146. Gear-pulley 2148 includes a first groove 2160 for receiving cable 2108 and a second groove 2156 for receiving cable 2104. As shown in FIG. 57, the ends 2109, 2105 of cables 2108, 2104 are attached to groove walls 2161, 2157, respectively, for example, by including ball crimps on the end of the cables with the ball crimps being received in openings in the groove walls, such that rotation of gear-pulley 2148 in the direction of arrow, B, pulls cable 2108 to bend the retroflex portion, and rotation in the opposite direction pulls cable 2104 to straighten the retroflex portion. The diameter of groove wall 2161 is approximately twice the diameter of wall 2157 such that the displacement of cable 2108 is approximately twice the displacement of cable 2104. In addition, a mechanical advantage is obtained by having a gear ratio of gear 2148 to gear 2144 of approximately 2:1.
Gear-pulley 2150 includes a first groove 2168 for receiving cable 2106 and a second groove 2164 for receiving cable 2110. As shown in FIG. 57, the ends 2107, 2111 of cables 2106, 2110 are attached to groove walls 2169, 2165, respectively, for example, by including ball crimps on the end of the cables with the ball crimps being received in openings in the groove walls, such that rotation of gear-pulley 2150 in the direction of arrow, B, pulls cable 2110 to open the jaws of the end effector, and rotation in the opposite direction pulls cable 2106 to close the jaws. The diameter of groove wall 2169 is approximately twice the diameter of wall 2165 such that the displacement of cable 2106 is approximately twice the displacement of cable 2110. In addition, a mechanical advantage is obtained by having a gear ratio of gear 2150 to gear 2136 of approximately 4:1.
Center shaft 2116 includes a groove 2124 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2116 to a lock mechanism (not shown), and a groove 2126 for receiving an o-ring 2128 for creating a seal between shaft 2116 and shaft 2118. Shaft 2118 includes a groove 2130 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2118 to a knob (not shown), and a groove 2132 for receiving an o-ring 2134 for creating a seal between shaft 2118 and shaft 2120. Shaft 2120 includes a groove 2138 for receiving a snap-ring (not shown) for coupling shaft 2120 to a knob (not shown), and a groove 2140 for receiving an o-ring 2142 for creating a seal between shaft 2120 and a handle housing (not shown).
Referring to FIG. 59, lever lock button assembly 2113 includes a button assembly 2200 coupled to a slide 2216 and a locking mechanism 2214. Slide 2216 has a cable 2222 (FIG. 56) attached thereto, which actuates a distal lock (not shown) of the end effector. Locking mechanism 2214 limits rotation of gear-pulley 2150 to limit the extent of closing of the jaws until the user wants to deploy the implant. To deploy the implant, the user pushes on button assembly 2200, which simultaneously acts to pull cable 2222 to release the distal lock, and actuate locking mechanism 2214 to allow further rotation of gear-pulley 2150, and thus further closing of the jaws.
Button assembly 2200 is connected to a bottom plate 2122 and to a top plate (not shown) by a pin 2202. Referring also to FIGS. 60 and 61, button assembly 2200 includes a button element 2203 defining a hole 2204 in which a spring 2205 is inserted, and a forked element 2206 that includes a cross bar 2208 that receives pin 2202 and from which extend two arms 2210 and 2212. Spring 2205 acts between button element 2203 and a housing 2215 of adjust block 2114 (FIG. 56) to bias button assembly 2200 toward a locking position.
Arm 2210 defines a slot 2219 for receiving slide 2216, and a slot 2220 for receiving a pin 2218 attached to slide 2216 for slidably coupling slide 2216 to arm 2210. When the user presses button element 2203, button assembly 2200, and thus arm 2210, pivots about pin 2202 in the direction of arrow E. This motion of arm 2210 pulls slide 2216 in the direction of arrow F, with pin 2218 sliding within slot 2220 (FIG. 61), and thus pulls cable 2222 in the direction of arrow F to release the distal lock.
Arm 2212 defines a slot 2227 for receiving a bent arm 2224 of locking mechanism 2214, and a slot 2228 for receiving a pin 2266 attached to bent arm 2224 for slidably coupling bent arm 2224 to arm 2212. Bent arm 2224 is also coupled to a first portion 2230 of a L-shaped arm 2232 by a pin 2234. L-shaped arm 2232 is coupled to base plate 2122 by a post 2236 about which arm 2232 can rotate. L-shaped arm 2232 is also fixed to a first end 2237 of a stop lever 2238 by a screw 2240 inserted in a slot 2242 defined by a second portion 2244 of L-shaped arm 2232. Stop lever 2238 defines a slot 2239 that receives post 2236 about which lever 2238 rotates with arm 2232 (FIG. 61). Lever 2238 has a second end 2246 shaped to engage a pin 2248 of gear-pulley 2150.
The engagement of lever 2238 with pin 2248 limits the extent to which the jaws can be closed, such that the implant is not deployed until the button mechanism is activated to disengage the lever and pin. When the user presses button element 2203, arm 2212 rotates about pin 2202 in the direction of arrow E, moving bent arm 2224 and L-shaped arm 2232 such that L-shaped arm 2232 rotates about post 2236 in the direction of arrow D (FIG. 61). This motion causes stop lever 2238 to also rotate about post 2236, disengaging lever 2238 from pin 2248 such that gear-pulley 2250 can be further rotated to deploy the implant. Stop lever slot 2242 facilitates assembly and calibration of cable actuation mechanism 2100 by allowing the position of stop lever 2238 relative to the closing of the jaws to be set during assembly.
Referring to FIGS. 62-65, adjust block assembly 2114 includes housing 2215 with a front end 2800, a back end 2802, a first side 2804, a second side 2806, a top 2808, and a bottom 2810. Housing 2215 defines five slots 2110E, 2108E, 2104E, 2106E, and 2222E, four holes 2110A, 2108A, 2104A, and 2106A at front end 2800, and five holes 2110F, 2108F, 2104F, 2106F, and 2222F at back end 2802. Holes 2110A, 2110F communicate with slot 2110E for receiving cable 2110 therethrough, holes 2108A, 2108F communicate with slot 2108E for receiving cable 2108 therethrough, holes 2104A, 2104F communicate with slot 2104E for receiving cable 2104 therethrough, and holes 2106A, 2106F communicate with slot 2106E for receiving cable 2106 therethrough. Slot 2222E is open at front end 2800 for receiving slide 2216, and communicates with hole 2222F at back end 2802 for receiving cable 2222.
Within each hole 2110F, 2108F, 2104F, 2106F, and 2222F in back end 2802, a cable adjuster 2110D, 2108D, 2104D, 2106D, and 2222D, respectively, is received. Cables 2110, 2108, 2104, 2106, and 2222 each pass through one of the cable adjusters and the cable adjusters are used to set the length of the cables during assembly. Within each hole 2110A, 2108A, 2104A, and 2106A in front end 2800, a cable adjuster 2110B, 2108B, 2104B, and 2106B, respectively, can optionally be received to aid in setting the length of the cables.
For ease of assembly, each of cables 2110, 2108, 2104, and 2106 is preferably formed from two cable pieces joined by a coupler 211C, 2108C, 2104C, and 2106C, respectively. The cable ends each have a ball crimp 21101, 21081, 21041, and 21061 (only one end and ball crimp of each cable being shown in FIG. 63) removably received within a slot 2110J, 2108J, 2104J, and 2106J defined by the coupler. Couplers 2110C, 2108C, 2104C, and 2106C are received within slots 2110E, 2108E, 2104E, 2106E, respectively. Slots 2110E, 2108E, 2104E, and 2106E include front stops 2110G, 2108G, 2104G, and 2106G, respectively, and back stops 2110H, 2108H, 2104H, and 2106H, respectively. The stops restrict the movement of couplers 2110C, 2108C, 2104C, and 2106C, respectively. The stops limit the movement of the couplers and therefore limit the maximum amount of distance that the cables 2110, 2108, 2104, and 2106 can be pulled.
Referring again to FIGS. 58 and 63, knob assembly 2102 and gear assembly 2112 are enclosed in a stack of plates 2900 such that possible slipping of cables 2110, 2108, 2104, and 2106 from grooves 2164, 2160, 2156, and 2168 is limited. The plates have slots as necessary to allow the cables to pass out of the stack of plates 2900 and connect to the adjust block assembly 2114. The stack of plates 2900 are aligned and connected to bottom plate 2122 and top plate (not shown) by posts 2902.
Referring to FIG. 66, an alternative embodiment to using contact of the couplers with the ends of the slots in the housing 2215 to bound the movement of the cables includes providing a concentric slot 1302 a in a plate 1300 a of the plate stack, and pins 1304 a and 1306 a attached to gear-pulley 2150 that extend into slot 1302 a. Slot 1302 a has a first end 1308 a and a second end 1310 a. The rotation of gear-pulley 2150 is bounded by pins 1304 a, 1306 a abutting against ends 1308 a, 1310 a. Likewise, another concentric slot can be providing in another plate, and pins provided on gear-pulley 2148 to bound rotation of gear-pulley 2148.
Referring to FIG. 67, a handle mechanism 3000 includes a gear 3002 coupled to actuating control knob 914 via shaft 2118 (FIG. 57) to rotate therewith. Gear 3002 drives a transmission assembly 3004. Transmission assembly 3004 includes a drive gear 3006, a clutch 3008, a ring 3009, a pulley 3010, and a control arm 3012. Rotation of gear 3002 causes rotation of drive gear 3006, ring 3009, and pulley 3010 (as discussed below with respect to FIG. 96). The various components of assembly 3004 interact, as described below, to determine fully open and closed positions of the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b, which are coupled to the pulley 3010 (FIG. 17G), to determine a cartridge loading position for the actuating arms, to provide a mechanism for holding the actuating arms in a fixed position for insertion through the esophagus, and to provide a mechanism for holding the actuating arms open when no torque is being applied to knob 914. In addition, a ratchet formed on the pulley 3010 interacts with the control arm 3012 to keep the arms from being pushed apart by the tissue during closing of the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b if the operator lets go of knob 914. When knob 914 is turned to close actuating arms 962 a, 962 b, clutch 3008 slips before the tension applied to the cables reaches a level that could damage the cables, as described further below, which can occur, for example, if something is jamming the actuating arms apart.
Referring to FIG. 68, ring 3009 includes a ramp 3014, and pulley 3010 includes a first ramp 3015 and a second ramp 3016. Defined between ramps 3015 and 3016 is a first recess 3018, and at the end of ramp 3014 is a second recess 3020. The position of recess 3020 relative to recess 3018 is adjustable by rotating ring 3009 relative to pulley 3010, and is fixed using a set screw 3021. Pulley 3010 also has a section of ratchet teeth 3022 and a stop pin 3024. As shown in FIGS. 67 and 69, arm 3012 includes a post 3030 rotatably mounted to arm 3012 at pin 3029. When knob 914 is rotated to close the actuating arms, post 3030 travels over ramp 3015 and into recess 3018. This position of post 3030 sets the position of the actuating arms that corresponds to the desired position for loading the cartridges to the actuating arms, as well as for passing the distal end of the instrument though the esophagus.
Referring also to FIG. 70, arm 3012 has a pawl 3032 mounted thereto that rides along ratchet teeth 3022. When closing the actuating arms from the cartridge loading position to the deployed position, the operator pushes a button 3034 (FIG. 67) of arm 3012, causing the arm 3012 to rotate about a pivot point 3036 to remove post 3030 from recess 3018. Continued rotation of knob 914 causes post 3030 to ride along ramps 3016 and 3014, which also causes arm 3012 to pivot about a pivot point 3036 such that pawl 3032 engages ratchet teeth 3022. Pawl 3032 includes a torsion spring 3038 that biases the pawl into engagement with teeth 3022. The engagement of pawl 3032 with ratchet teeth 3022 as the actuating arms are closed limits the tendency of the actuating arms to be pushed apart by tissue located therebetween if the user lets go of knob 914, such as when the user lets go of knob 914 between repeated turnings of the knob to close the actuating arms. When the actuating arms are fully deployed, that is, when the arms are in the position at which they have deployed the implant, post 3030 drops into recess 3020, disengaging pawl 3032 from ratchet teeth 3022, and the button 3034 pops up, providing the user with visual, tactile, and/or audible feedback that the implant is deployed. To open the actuating arms, the operator turns knob 914 in the opposite direction. When post 3030 rides along the edge of ramp 3014, post 3030 pivots about pin 3029 and engages upper ball plunger 3030 a, allowing arm 3012 to remain in position such that pawl 3032 remains disengaged from ratchet teeth 3022 during the opening of the actuating arms.
Referring to FIG. 71, assembly 3004 includes a deploy stop 3040 and an open stop 3042. The stops 3040 and 3042 are threaded, so that their position is adjustable. Pin 3024 of ratchet 3010 hits stop 3040 when the actuating arms are deployed (corresponding to the position in which post 3030 enters recess 3020), and pin 3024 hits stop 3042 when the actuating arms are in their fully open position. In the fully open position, pin 3024 also interacts with a detent 3044 such that the actuating arms are held open until a torque is applied to knob 914. Also shown in FIG. 71 are a pair of spring-loaded ball plungers 3030 a that act against post 3030 to limit travel of post 3030 and bias the post into a neutral position.
Referring to FIGS. 92 and 93, the transmission assembly clutch 3008 includes a clutch spring 4002 positioned between the gear 3006 and the pulley 3010 within a recess 4006 in the gear 3006 and a recess 4012 in the pulley 3010. The clutch spring 4002 includes a post 4004 shaped to fit within the recess 4006 of gear 3006. The clutch spring 4002 defines a through hole 4007 that receives a post 4008 of the pulley 3010. The pulley recess 4012 is defined by an inner, waved surface 4014 of a wall 4016 extending from surface 4018 of the pulley 3010. Clutch spring 4002 includes legs 4010 that interact with the waved surface 4014 to form a one-way clutch. In this embodiment of the pulley 3010, the pulley 3010 includes a protrusion 4020 formed at one end of the set of ratchet teeth 3022 and a stop 4021 formed at the surface 4018. When the ring 3009 is slid over the wall 4016, the ramp 3014 fits snugly between the stop 4021 and the ramp 3016 (FIGS. 94 and 95).
FIG. 94 shows the transmission assembly 3004 in position corresponding to when jaw members 3102 a, 3102 b are closed but the implant is not deployed. This position is used during loading of the cartridge and during insertion of the instrument into the patient to prevent damage to surrounding tissue. As the knob 914 is turned to close the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b, the gear 3002 rotates the gear 3006 in the direction of arrow 4022. Because the gear 3006 is keyed to the clutch spring 4002 at the interface of the post 4004 with the recess 4006, the spring 4002 rotates in the direction of 4022. Under normal operating conditions, rotation of the clutch spring 4002 rotates the pulley 3010 by the interaction of the legs 4010 with the waved surface 4014, that is, the clutch spring 4002 does not slip relative to the pulley 3010. If the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b experience an abnormally high resistance to closing, the legs 4010 of the clutch spring 4002 bend inward as the clutch spring 4002 is rotated, thus permitting the clutch spring 4002 to slip relative to the pulley 3010 such that additional tension that could damage the cable is not placed on the actuating arm closing cable attached to the pulley 3010. For example, clutch spring 4002 may begin to slip relative to the pulley 3010 when the cable experiences a tension greater than 72 pounds, at which point the cable would be overtensioned.
As the knob 914 is turned to open the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b, the gear 3002 rotates the gear 3006 in the direction of arrow 4024, which causes the clutch spring 4002 and the pulley 3010 to rotate in the direction of arrow 4024. Because of the orientation of the legs 4010 relative to the waved surface 4014, the clutch spring 4002 does not slip relative to the pulley 3010 when the clutch spring 4002 rotates in the direction of arrow 4024. Thus, a larger torque can be applied by the pulley 3010 in the opening direction (in the direction of arrow 4024) than in the closing direction (in the direction of arrow 4022).
In the closed position, the pawl 3032 engages the protrusion 4020 of the pulley 3010 such that pulley 3010 is retained in its closed position and post 3030 is biased in the position shown in FIG. 94. When the button 3034 is pressed (FIG. 95), the arm 3012 rotates about the pivot 3036 and the post 3030 clears the ramp 3016 and rotates out of the biased position of FIG. 94 and into a neutral position due to the force of the spring-loaded ball plunger 3030 a. Since the post 3030 is now pushing against the ramp 3016, the button 3034 remains in its pressed position and the pawl 3032 engages the ratchet teeth 3022. The knob 914 can now be rotated to further close the actuating arms. If the knob 914 is rotated to open the actuating arms 962 a, 962 b beyond the position depicted in FIG. 94, the pulley 3010 rotates in the opening direction (in the direction of arrow 4024) and the pawl 3032 is slid across and pushed over the protrusion 4020 because the force of the pulley 3010 is great enough to overcome the biasing force applied to the pawl 3032 by the torsion spring 3038.
Referring also to FIG. 96, the cable actuation mechanism includes a knob assembly 5102 that is designed with a rotatable center shaft 5116 surrounded by a fixed shaft 5118 that is, in turn, surrounded by a rotatable shaft 5120. The shaft 5120 includes a gear 5144 that engages the gear pulley 2148 of gear assembly 2112 (FIGS. 57 and 58). The shaft 5118 includes the gear 3002 that engages the gear 3006 of the transmission assembly 3004 (FIGS. 67 and 92-95). The gear 3006 actuates the pulley 3010, which includes a first groove 5168 for receiving cable 2106 coupled to end effector and a second groove 5164 for receiving cable 2110 coupled to end effector.
The center shaft 5116 includes a groove 5126 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5116 and the shaft 5118. The shaft 5118 includes a groove 5132 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5118 and the shaft 5120. The shaft 5120 includes a groove 5140 for receiving an o-ring for creating a seal between the shaft 5120 and a shaft 5145. The lever 912 a associated with retroflex knob 912 turns the shaft 5145, which is threaded to a collar 5150 so when the shaft 5145 is turned it engages and disengages a friction lock, as is known in the art. The shaft 5145 is located outside the shaft 5120 and within the collar 5150. The shaft 5145 is turned by the lever 912 a includes a recess 5155 to receive an o-ring positioned between the shaft 5145 and the collar 5150 to seal the threaded region and the friction lock.
Referring to FIGS. 72A and 72B, an end effector 3100 includes jaw members 3102 a, 3102 b, each of which includes a tissue manipulating cartridge 3104 a, 3104 b covered by a rubber shell 3106 a, 3106 b, respectively. Each jaw member 3102 a, 3102 b is releasably mounted to a respective actuating arm 3108 a, 3108 b. The cartridge 3104 a, 3104 b is configured to receive needles 3101 a that include tissue penetrating elements 3101 b having tissue penetrating tips 3101 c. The portion of the actuating arm 3108 a, 3108 b received within the respective jaw member 3102 a, 3102 b is referred to as the coupler of the actuating arm.
Referring to FIGS. 73-75, rubber shell 3106 b defines a guide wire receiving hole 3110 and two webs of material 3112, 3114 that span over cartridge 3104 b. Webs 3112, 3114 hold the shell 3106 b onto the cartridge 3104 b but allow the tissue to push the shell back when squeezing the tissue between the jaw members. Rubber shell 3106 b has a rectangular-shaped end 3116 that meets up uniformly about a mating region 3118 of cartridge 3104 b. Cartridge 3104 b includes sideways extending posts 3120 that limit any tendency of the rubber shell to fold over the cartridge needles 3101 a and potentially get pierced by the needles. When cartridge 3104 b is loaded onto its respective actuating arm 3108 b, as described above, the metal actuating arm extends into the plastic cartridge and terminates in a region behind the needles 3101 a to support the needles. Cartridge 3104 b has a chamfered inlet region 3121 that receives actuating arm 3108 b.
Referring to FIGS. 76-78, rubber shell 3106 a defines a guide wire receiving hole 3122 and two webs of material 3124, 3126 that span over cartridge 3104 a. Rubber shell 3106 a has a rectangular-shaped end 3128 that meets up uniformly about a mating region 3130 of cartridge 3104 a. Cartridge 3104 a includes a distally extending post 3132 that limits any tendency of the rubber shell to fold over the cartridge needles 3101 b and potentially get pierced by the needles when the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b are closed. The extending post 3132 extends from a metal clip 3133 that protrudes from a center U-shaped region 3129 of the cartridge 3104 a. The U-shaped region 3129 defines a slot between legs 3131 positioned on opposite sides of clips 3133. Cartridge 3104 a has a chamfered inlet region 3135 that receives actuating arm 3108 a.
Referring also to FIG. 79, the elements 3101 b are pushed through the slot between the legs 3131 (not shown in FIG. 79) as the actuating arms are closed to their deployed position. The elements 3101 b are pushed against angled or ramped surfaces 3134 of the clip 3133 such that the elements 3101 b break off and out to the sides and the breaking forces oppose each other. The clip 3133 is formed as a metal protrusion extending from the cartridge 3104 a. In particular, while an inner side of the element 3101 b contacts the angled surface 3134, an outer side of the base of the needle 3101 a contacts the surface of the leg 3131, thus providing support for the needle 3101 a as the element 3101 b is pushed against the angled surface 3134. The opposed breaking forces help keep cartridge 3104 a in alignment with cartridge 3104 b, and ensures that both needles are subjected to a force that reliably deploys the implant. Metal clip 3133 keeps the elements 3101 b from digging into the otherwise plastic body of cartridge 3104 a and controls the break load by reducing friction and by setting the angle of the surface 3134. The load needed to break off the element 3101 b ranges from 2.5 to 5.0 pounds and the angle at which the element 3101 b breaks off from the cartridge 3104 b ranges from 10° to 14°.
Referring also to FIG. 80, in another implementation, the legs 3131 of the cartridge 3104 a define conical shaped sections 3158 that help center the needles 3101 a of the cartridge 3104 b relative to the metal clip 3133 of cartridge 3104 a as the elements 3101 b are pushed through the slot between the legs 3131 and while contacting the angled surfaces 3134 of the metal clip 3133.
When jaw members 3102 a, 3102 b are in position for passing the distal end of the instrument though the esophagus, guide wire receiving holes 3110 and 3122 are in alignment such that a guide wire can be passed through holes 3110 and 3122 to aid passage of the instrument and to assure the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b remain closed during insertion.
Referring to FIGS. 80-82, actuating arm 3108 a is preferably formed of steel and includes a raised ramp 3140 that is received within an opening 3142 in cartridge 3104 a. Opening 3142 has a proximally extending slot 3144 that extends to the end of cartridge 3104 a. Cartridge 3104 a has a section of material 3146 forming a retainer that holds the cartridge to the actuating arm and acts as a bailout mechanism, that is, when a given load (that is, an overload) is applied to actuating arm 3108 a, section 3146 bends or breaks off allowing the instrument to be removed from the patient. This is a safety feature that is incorporated into both cartridges and accounts for any possibility of the cartridges being stuck to the implant after delivery of the implant in the tissue or the arms being jammed in the closed position with tissue between the arms. In these situations the instrument arms can be removed from the cartridge by applying load on the instrument. Thus the instrument can be removed from the patient in the situations when the cartridges are not disengaged from the implant after deploying, or when the arms will not open. The given load is selected to be less than the load that would pull the implant through the muscle tissue, which is about 27 pounds. The portions of cartridges 3104 a, 3104 b that are exposed proximal of rubber shells 3106 a, 3106 b (see in particular FIG. 72) allow the operator to unlock the cartridges from the actuating arms if necessary by accessing and manipulating section 3146.
Actuating arm 3108 a includes a shaped region 3150 that keys into a corresponding shaped region 3152 of cartridge 3104 a, a lip 3154 that is received within a slot 3156 in cartridge 3104 a, and a metal end 3159 a (FIGS. 72B and 82) that rests against post 3132 to keep the cartridge 3104 a from bending. The length La of the cavity within the cartridge 3104 a that receives the coupler of the actuating arm 3108 a is approximately 0.7 inches. Actuating arm 3108 b includes a metal end 3159 b (FIG. 72B) that fits within a cavity of cartridge 3104 b and extends to the base of the needles 3101 a. The length Lb of the cavity within the cartridge 3104 b that receives the coupler of the actuating arm 3108 b is approximately 0.6 inches.
As described above with reference to FIGS. 46A and 46B, the cartridges are supplied to the medical personnel in a holder. Referring to FIGS. 83 and 84, jaw members 3102 a, 3102 b are mounted to a holder 3160 in a manner generally as described above. The portions 3162 (only one of which can be seen in the view of FIG. 84) of holder 3160 that attach the cartridges to the holder are flexible to allow for automatic alignment when loading the cartridges onto the actuating arms. Holder 3160 can include a tab 3164 with a notation, such as “remove before use,” to remind the operator to remove the holder from the cartridges before use. The tab can be sized such that it would be obvious to the user to not insert the cartridge into the patient with the holder in place.
FIGS. 24A-24D show a retroflex portion 910 that includes a series of links. Referring to FIG. 85, a retroflex portion 910 a includes a proximal mount section 3170 that is also formed from a series of links 3172 to provide additional flexibility to the retroflex portion to ease insertion. Referring also to FIG. 86, section 3170 includes a coupling portion 3174 with prongs 3176 for attaching section 3170 to the remainder of retroflex portion 910 a.
Referring also to FIG. 87A, a flexible boot 3179 having a portion 3178 and a portion 3180 covers the retroflex portion 910 a. In particular, as shown in FIGS. 87B and 87C, portion 3178 covers links 3172 of proximal mount section 3170 and coupling portion 3174, except for prongs 3176, and portion 3180 covers the remaining links of the retroflex portion 910 a. Portion 3178 includes an inner tube end 3181 that seals to lumen 916 and an outer tube end 3182 that seals to shaft 904. Portion 3180 includes a tube end 3183 that seals to the distal end 905 a at end region 905 b (FIG. 85) of the retroflex portion 910 a.
FIGS. 23A-23D show a jaw closing cable 925 b wound around pulleys 984, 982 and 985, and terminating at a fixed point 986. Referring to FIG. 88 a, to reduce the load on cable 925 b needed to deploy the implant, a second jaw closing cable 3180 is wound around pulleys 984, 982 and 985 and terminates at a fixed point 3182. The double pulley system achieves a closing force at the tip of the arms of approximately 35 pounds with less than about 15 pounds being applied to each of cables 925 b and 3180. Referring to FIG. 88 b, cables 925 b, 3180 both terminate at a balancing pulley 3194 of the handle mechanism. Balancing pulley 3194 is connected to a yoke 3196 that is connected to the closing pulley, described above, by a short cable 3198. The pulley 3194 and yoke 3196 move back and forth as the arms are opened and closed. Balancing pulley 3194 ensures that both cables 925 b and 3180 are pulled with the same force.
Referring to FIGS. 89 and 90, a boot 3184 covers the distal end 905 a of the retroflex portion 910 a except for the part of the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b that engage the cartridges. The boot 3184 is flexible to allow for opening and closing of the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b. The boot includes seals 3186 for sealing off the actuating arms and a seal 3188 for sealing off a port for the retractor (such as retractor 740 or 2020 above). The seals 3186 and 3188 are formed by first wrapping and tying string around the part of the boot 3184 adjacent the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b and then applying glue over the string. Seal 3188 includes interference bumps 3190 that act to hold the distal end of the retractor within the boot 3184 during insertion. Boot 3184 defines a hole 3192 for receiving the guide wire. The boot prevents body fluids from contacting the cables and pulleys during the procedure, and prevents cleaning solutions from contacting the cables and pulleys during cleaning, providing for reuse of the instrument.
Referring to FIG. 91, end effector 3100 is coupled to the retroflex portion 910 a, which is coupled to the shaft 904. As shown, the boot 3184 covering the distal end 905 a seals off the actuating arms 3108 a, 3108 b (FIG. 72A) of the jaw members 3102 a, 3102 b. As discussed above, the instrument 900 can be introduced transorally over guide wire 4000 by threading the guide wire 4000 through the shaft 904, through the lumen 916, through the hole 3192 of the boot 3184, and through the guide wire receiving holes 3110 and 3122, which are in alignment.
Other implementations are within the scope of the following claims. Though the clutch spring 4002 is shown with three legs (FIGS. 92 and 93) and with four legs (FIGS. 94 and 95), the clutch spring 4002 can be configured with any number of legs 4010. For example, the clutch spring 4002 may have one leg, two legs or 10 legs. The seals 3186 and 3188 can be formed using other methods, such as, for example, with an interference fit between the actuating arms and the part of the boot 3184 adjacent the actuating arms.
The clip 3133 can be integral with the cartridge 3104 a and the cartridge 3104 a (and the clip 3133) can be formed from metal. The clip 3133 can be molded to the end of the cartridge 3104 a, which can be formed from plastic.

Claims (10)

1. A medical instrument, comprising:
a tissue manipulator configured for introduction into a patient and including first and second jaws,
a sealing member configured to substantially seal a section of the tissue manipulator from contact with bodily fluids, the first and second jaws being movable within the sealing member and having a portion extending out of the sealing member, the first and second jaws being configured to move in a first plane such that the first and second jaws can move toward and away from one another, and the first and second jaws being configured to move in a second plane generally perpendicular to the first plane such that the first and second jaws can move out of axial alignment with the sealing member, and
a tissue engaging member configured to contact and stabilize tissue, the tissue engaging member being axially movable within the sealing member and having a portion extending out of the sealing member, the tissue engaging member being configured to articulate with the first and second jaws when moving out of axial alignment with the sealing member.
2. The medical instrument of claim 1 wherein the tissue manipulator includes pivots about which the first and second jaws rotate in opposite directions.
3. The medical instrument of claim 1 wherein the sealing member defines a hole for receiving a guide wire to permit advancement of the tissue manipulator into the patient over the guide wire.
4. The medical instrument of claim 1 wherein the sealing member comprises a flexible member.
5. The medical instrument of claim 1 further comprising:
a flexible linkage coupled to the tissue manipulator, and
a sealing portion covering the linkage.
6. The medical instrument of claim 5 wherein the sealing portion abuts the sealing member.
7. The medical instrument of claim 1, wherein the tissue engaging member is axially movable within the sealing member between the first and second jaws.
8. The medical instrument of claim 1, wherein the tissue engaging member is configured to be axially aligned with the first and second jaws and to articulate with the first and second jaws when moving out of axial alignment with the sealing member while remaining axially aligned with the first and second jaws.
9. The medical instrument of claim 1, further comprising an actuating member extending through the sealing member and configured to be actuated to simultaneously articulate the tissue engaging member and the first and second jaws.
10. The medical instrument of claim 1, further comprising a central mount, wherein proximal ends of the first and second jaws are mounted to the central mount, and a proximal end of the tissue engaging member is mounted to the central mount.
US10/438,346 1999-06-22 2003-05-15 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration Expired - Lifetime US8287554B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/438,346 US8287554B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-05-15 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14049299P 1999-06-22 1999-06-22
US09/520,273 US6663639B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-03-07 Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US09/519,945 US6506196B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-03-07 Device and method for correction of a painful body defect
US09/574,424 US6494888B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-05-19 Tissue reconfiguration
US09/859,579 US6821285B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2001-05-18 Tissue reconfiguration
US30665201P 2001-07-18 2001-07-18
US38153902P 2002-05-17 2002-05-17
US10/197,574 US6835200B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2002-07-18 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US45999603P 2003-04-04 2003-04-04
US46030803P 2003-04-04 2003-04-04
US10/438,346 US8287554B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-05-15 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration

Related Parent Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/519,945 Continuation-In-Part US6506196B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-03-07 Device and method for correction of a painful body defect
US09/520,273 Continuation-In-Part US6663639B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-03-07 Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US09/574,424 Continuation-In-Part US6494888B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2000-05-19 Tissue reconfiguration
US09/859,579 Continuation-In-Part US6821285B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2001-05-18 Tissue reconfiguration
US10/197,574 Continuation-In-Part US6835200B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2002-07-18 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040010245A1 US20040010245A1 (en) 2004-01-15
US8287554B2 true US8287554B2 (en) 2012-10-16

Family

ID=56290425

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/438,346 Expired - Lifetime US8287554B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-05-15 Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US8287554B2 (en)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100069941A1 (en) * 2008-09-15 2010-03-18 Immersion Medical Systems and Methods For Sensing Hand Motion By Measuring Remote Displacement
US20110071543A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US20110071544A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Curved cannula instrument
US20110071473A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical port feature
US20110071347A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Cannula mounting fixture
US9011365B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2015-04-21 Medibotics Llc Adjustable gastrointestinal bifurcation (AGB) for reduced absorption of unhealthy food
US20150164524A1 (en) * 2008-08-04 2015-06-18 Covidien Lp Articulating Surgical Device
US9067070B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2015-06-30 Medibotics Llc Dysgeusia-inducing neurostimulation for modifying consumption of a selected nutrient type
WO2015116636A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Expandable endoscopic device
US9254178B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2016-02-09 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US9456916B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-10-04 Medibotics Llc Device for selectively reducing absorption of unhealthy food
US11272918B2 (en) 2018-06-27 2022-03-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscope attachment mechanism for use with suture based closure device
US11278272B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2022-03-22 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscopic suturing needle and suture assembly attachment methods
US11304769B2 (en) * 2006-06-13 2022-04-19 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Side looking minimally invasive surgery instrument assembly
US11375993B2 (en) 2018-06-19 2022-07-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscopic handle attachment for use with suture based closure device
US11553909B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2023-01-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and method for applying a cinch to a suture
US11744609B2 (en) 2020-02-19 2023-09-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. High power atherectomy with multiple safety limits
US11812944B2 (en) 2020-02-18 2023-11-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device for use with endoscope
US11832809B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2023-12-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device
US11896214B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2024-02-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device
US11918202B2 (en) 2019-05-16 2024-03-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device for use with endoscope

Families Citing this family (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7846180B2 (en) * 1999-06-22 2010-12-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Tissue fixation devices and methods of fixing tissue
US6835200B2 (en) * 1999-06-22 2004-12-28 Ndo Surgical. Inc. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US8287554B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2012-10-16 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6663639B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-12-16 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6821285B2 (en) * 1999-06-22 2004-11-23 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Tissue reconfiguration
US6387104B1 (en) * 1999-11-12 2002-05-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for endoscopic repair of the lower esophageal sphincter
US6592596B1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2003-07-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
CN101810521B (en) 2001-08-27 2015-05-13 辛尼科有限责任公司 Satiation devices and methods
US7146984B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2006-12-12 Synecor, Llc Method and apparatus for modifying the exit orifice of a satiation pouch
US8206456B2 (en) 2003-10-10 2012-06-26 Barosense, Inc. Restrictive and/or obstructive implant system for inducing weight loss
US20050247320A1 (en) 2003-10-10 2005-11-10 Stack Richard S Devices and methods for retaining a gastro-esophageal implant
US7736374B2 (en) * 2004-05-07 2010-06-15 Usgi Medical, Inc. Tissue manipulation and securement system
US20060106288A1 (en) 2004-11-17 2006-05-18 Roth Alex T Remote tissue retraction device
US9339323B2 (en) * 2005-05-12 2016-05-17 Aesculap Ag Electrocautery method and apparatus
US8728072B2 (en) 2005-05-12 2014-05-20 Aesculap Ag Electrocautery method and apparatus
US7942874B2 (en) * 2005-05-12 2011-05-17 Aragon Surgical, Inc. Apparatus for tissue cauterization
US8696662B2 (en) * 2005-05-12 2014-04-15 Aesculap Ag Electrocautery method and apparatus
US20080190989A1 (en) * 2005-10-03 2008-08-14 Crews Samuel T Endoscopic plication device and method
US20070088373A1 (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-04-19 Endogastric Solutions, Inc. Invaginator for gastroesophageal flap valve restoration device
US8574229B2 (en) * 2006-05-02 2013-11-05 Aesculap Ag Surgical tool
US8882789B2 (en) * 2006-10-04 2014-11-11 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Methods and systems for tissue manipulation
US8177794B2 (en) 2006-10-05 2012-05-15 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Flexible endoscopic stitching devices
EP2083702B1 (en) 2006-10-05 2019-02-13 Covidien LP Axial stitching device
US20080234703A1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-09-25 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Tissue approximation system
US8852216B2 (en) 2007-03-23 2014-10-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Tissue approximation methods
US20080294179A1 (en) * 2007-05-12 2008-11-27 Balbierz Daniel J Devices and methods for stomach partitioning
US8197464B2 (en) * 2007-10-19 2012-06-12 Cordis Corporation Deflecting guide catheter for use in a minimally invasive medical procedure for the treatment of mitral valve regurgitation
US20090105815A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Matthew Krever Push-in retainer system for use in the direct plication annuloplasty treatment of mitral valve regurgitation
US8870867B2 (en) * 2008-02-06 2014-10-28 Aesculap Ag Articulable electrosurgical instrument with a stabilizable articulation actuator
US20090198272A1 (en) * 2008-02-06 2009-08-06 Lawrence Kerver Method and apparatus for articulating the wrist of a laparoscopic grasping instrument
US8864776B2 (en) * 2008-04-11 2014-10-21 Covidien Lp Deployment system for surgical suture
US8628545B2 (en) * 2008-06-13 2014-01-14 Covidien Lp Endoscopic stitching devices
US20110040308A1 (en) 2008-06-13 2011-02-17 Ramiro Cabrera Endoscopic Stitching Devices
KR101062188B1 (en) * 2008-12-12 2011-09-05 주식회사 이턴 Coupling Structure of Surgical Instrument and Surgical Robot
USD708746S1 (en) 2009-06-10 2014-07-08 Covidien Lp Handle for surgical device
US10080482B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2018-09-25 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Compliant surgical device
US8490713B2 (en) * 2009-10-06 2013-07-23 Covidien Lp Handle assembly for endoscopic suturing device
KR20120139661A (en) * 2010-02-04 2012-12-27 아에스쿨랍 아게 Laparoscopic radiofrequency surgical device
US8827992B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-09-09 Aesculap Ag Impedance mediated control of power delivery for electrosurgery
US8419727B2 (en) * 2010-03-26 2013-04-16 Aesculap Ag Impedance mediated power delivery for electrosurgery
US9173698B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2015-11-03 Aesculap Ag Electrosurgical tissue sealing augmented with a seal-enhancing composition
US8968340B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2015-03-03 Covidien Lp Single actuating jaw flexible endolumenal stitching device
US9339327B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2016-05-17 Aesculap Ag Electrosurgical tissue dissecting device
US9113866B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2015-08-25 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Devices and methods for endoluminal plication
US9173657B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2015-11-03 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Devices and methods for endoluminal plication
WO2013108776A1 (en) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-25 オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 Insertion device
US8992547B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2015-03-31 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Methods and devices for creating tissue plications
BR122020022677B1 (en) 2012-09-26 2023-01-10 Aesculap Ag ELECTRO SURGICAL DEVICE FOR CUTTING AND SEALING TISSUES
US8906001B2 (en) 2012-10-10 2014-12-09 Covidien Lp Electromechanical surgical apparatus including wire routing clock spring
CN104955407B (en) * 2012-11-13 2018-11-06 约翰·克拉芬布克 Medical instrument
EP2967533A4 (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-02-22 AMS Research Corporation Systems, tools, and methods for connecting to tissue
US9468434B2 (en) 2014-06-03 2016-10-18 Covidien Lp Stitching end effector
US11246583B2 (en) * 2014-06-18 2022-02-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Insertion devices, anchors, and methods for securing an implant
US10092286B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2018-10-09 Covidien Lp Suturing loading unit
US20170014135A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Keith Edward Martin Surgical tool
US10542970B2 (en) 2016-05-31 2020-01-28 Covidien Lp Endoscopic stitching device
US10709439B2 (en) 2017-02-06 2020-07-14 Covidien Lp Endoscopic stitching device
WO2018228735A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Endo Tools Therapeutics S.A. Device for supporting an endoscopic tool
US10905411B2 (en) 2017-11-03 2021-02-02 Covidien Lp Surgical suturing and grasping device
US11197665B2 (en) 2018-08-06 2021-12-14 Covidien Lp Needle reload device for use with endostitch device
US11219457B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2022-01-11 Covidien Lp Laparoscopic purse string suture device
US11344297B2 (en) * 2019-02-28 2022-05-31 Covidien Lp Surgical stapling device with independently movable jaws
WO2021092085A1 (en) * 2019-11-05 2021-05-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Tissue acquisition helix device
US20210338050A1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Ambu A/S Endoscope control system
CN116549034B (en) * 2023-07-10 2023-10-10 杭州锐健马斯汀医疗器材有限公司 Suture line fixer

Citations (304)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1343289A (en) 1919-05-05 1920-06-15 Frank C Suchy Staple-setter
US1548250A (en) 1923-11-14 1925-08-04 Bobner Frank Button fastener
US2104885A (en) 1936-09-17 1938-01-11 George A Robbins Button fastener
US2199025A (en) 1936-06-08 1940-04-30 Carl E Conn Means and method of closing surgical incisions
US3216424A (en) 1962-02-05 1965-11-09 William M Chardack Electrode and lead
US3399432A (en) 1965-12-08 1968-09-03 Dennison Mfg Co Button attachment
US3470875A (en) 1966-10-06 1969-10-07 Alfred A Johnson Surgical clamping and suturing instrument
US3551987A (en) 1968-09-12 1971-01-05 Jack E Wilkinson Stapling clamp for gastrointestinal surgery
US3636594A (en) 1968-12-17 1972-01-25 Bernard Faivre Device for rapid attachment
US3638653A (en) 1969-07-31 1972-02-01 H Lee Berry Suturing device
US3734375A (en) 1971-05-27 1973-05-22 Dennison Mfg Co Fastener inserting machine
US3749085A (en) 1970-06-26 1973-07-31 J Willson Vascular tissue removing device
US3842840A (en) 1973-05-07 1974-10-22 E Schweizer Suture applicator
US3875648A (en) 1973-04-04 1975-04-08 Dennison Mfg Co Fastener attachment apparatus and method
US3901244A (en) 1973-05-07 1975-08-26 Edward E Schweizer Suture cartridge
US3900925A (en) 1973-10-23 1975-08-26 Torraca Gerard A Button attacher
US3933291A (en) 1973-11-08 1976-01-20 Robert Edgar Stephenson Ear tag inserting pliers
US3946740A (en) 1974-10-15 1976-03-30 Bassett John W Suturing device
US4006747A (en) 1975-04-23 1977-02-08 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical method
US4014492A (en) 1975-06-11 1977-03-29 Senco Products, Inc. Surgical staple
US4043504A (en) 1976-03-09 1977-08-23 Senco Products, Inc. Staple cartridge and feed means for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US4144890A (en) 1975-01-14 1979-03-20 Cordis Corporation Contact device for muscle stimulation
US4164225A (en) 1977-12-28 1979-08-14 Johnson & Lorenz, Inc. Surgical suturing instrument
US4168703A (en) 1977-07-18 1979-09-25 Kenneth Kenigsberg Gastroesophageal reflux diagnostic tool
US4177818A (en) 1976-12-02 1979-12-11 Pedro Francisco L De Self attachable small-toothed electrode and a forceps for maneuvering it
US4210148A (en) 1978-11-03 1980-07-01 Stivala Oscar G Retention suture system
US4229930A (en) 1978-11-29 1980-10-28 Ostermaier Albert E Flexible link fastener
US4235238A (en) 1978-05-11 1980-11-25 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Apparatus for suturing coeliac tissues
US4265226A (en) 1979-03-23 1981-05-05 Cassimally K A I Incision closing method
GB2075829A (en) 1980-05-06 1981-11-25 Watson & Ewen Ltd Upholstery tie
US4375866A (en) 1981-01-22 1983-03-08 Edward Weck & Company, Inc. Skin clip applier
US4399810A (en) 1979-11-28 1983-08-23 Samuels Peter B Skin clip and applier
US4407286A (en) 1980-08-25 1983-10-04 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical staples
US4448194A (en) 1982-02-03 1984-05-15 Ethicon, Inc. Full stroke compelling mechanism for surgical instrument with drum drive
US4471781A (en) 1982-02-03 1984-09-18 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument with rotatable front housing and latch mechanism
US4500024A (en) 1980-11-19 1985-02-19 Ethicon, Inc. Multiple clip applier
US4506670A (en) 1983-03-30 1985-03-26 United States Surgical Corporation Two-part surgical fastener applying apparatus with frangible member
US4573469A (en) 1983-06-20 1986-03-04 Ethicon, Inc. Two-piece tissue fastener with coinable leg staple and retaining receiver and method and instrument for applying same
US4585153A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-04-29 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying two-piece fasteners comprising frictionally held U-shaped staples and receivers (Case III)
US4586502A (en) 1982-02-03 1986-05-06 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument actuator with non-collinear hydraulic pistons
US4591085A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-05-27 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying fasteners, said instrument having an improved trigger interlocking mechanism (Case VI)
JPS61122852A (en) 1984-09-11 1986-06-10 ユニバ−シテイ−、カレツジ、ロンドン Suturing or stapling machine
US4605004A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-08-12 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying fasteners said instrument including force supporting means (case IV)
US4606345A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-08-19 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying two-piece fasteners comprising U-shaped staples and frictionally held receivers (Case II)
US4607638A (en) 1984-04-20 1986-08-26 Design Standards Corporation Surgical staples
US4627437A (en) 1983-06-20 1986-12-09 Ethicon, Inc. Method of applying a fastener to tissue with a pair of hollow needles
US4635637A (en) 1984-03-29 1987-01-13 Schreiber Saul N Surgical suture
US4649938A (en) 1985-04-29 1987-03-17 Mcarthur William A Tissue-stimulating electrode having sealed, low-friction extendable/retractable active fixation means
US4653496A (en) 1985-02-01 1987-03-31 Bundy Mark A Transluminal lysing system
US4665906A (en) 1983-10-14 1987-05-19 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating sim alloy elements
US4669473A (en) 1985-09-06 1987-06-02 Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. Surgical fastener
US4696300A (en) 1985-04-11 1987-09-29 Dennison Manufacturing Company Fastener for joining materials
US4705040A (en) 1985-11-18 1987-11-10 Medi-Tech, Incorporated Percutaneous fixation of hollow organs
US4724840A (en) 1982-02-03 1988-02-16 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical fastener applier with rotatable front housing and laterally extending curved needle for guiding a flexible pusher
US4736746A (en) 1985-04-11 1988-04-12 Dennison Manufacturing Company Method of fastening tissues
US4741336A (en) 1984-07-16 1988-05-03 Ethicon, Inc. Shaped staples and slotted receivers (case VII)
US4753469A (en) 1987-05-04 1988-06-28 Ekco Housewares, Inc. Cooking device for holding food-containing bags
US4809695A (en) 1981-10-21 1989-03-07 Owen M. Gwathmey Suturing assembly and method
JPH01151461A (en) 1987-12-08 1989-06-14 Koransha Co Ltd Prosthesis material for organism
US4862359A (en) 1984-08-31 1989-08-29 Bio-Logic Systems Corporation Topographical mapping of brain functionality from neuropsychological test results
US4880015A (en) 1988-06-03 1989-11-14 Nierman David M Biopsy forceps
US4887612A (en) 1988-04-27 1989-12-19 Esco Precision, Inc. Endoscopic biopsy forceps
US4890615A (en) 1987-11-05 1990-01-02 Concept, Inc. Arthroscopic suturing instrument
US4935027A (en) 1989-08-21 1990-06-19 Inbae Yoon Surgical suture instrument with remotely controllable suture material advancement
US4982727A (en) * 1989-04-13 1991-01-08 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscopic treating instrument
US5015249A (en) 1989-12-26 1991-05-14 Nakao Naomi L Endoscopic stapling device and method
US5037433A (en) 1990-05-17 1991-08-06 Wilk Peter J Endoscopic suturing device and related method and suture
US5040715A (en) 1989-05-26 1991-08-20 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus and method for placing staples in laparoscopic or endoscopic procedures
US5067957A (en) 1983-10-14 1991-11-26 Raychem Corporation Method of inserting medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements
US5076285A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-12-31 Medtronic, Inc. Screw-in lead
US5080663A (en) 1990-09-26 1992-01-14 Univerity College London Sewing device
US5088979A (en) 1990-10-11 1992-02-18 Wilson-Cook Medical Inc. Method for esophageal invagination and devices useful therein
US5147373A (en) 1991-04-29 1992-09-15 Ferzli George S Laparoscopic instrument
US5174487A (en) 1991-04-04 1992-12-29 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic stapler and hernia repair mechanism
US5190546A (en) 1983-10-14 1993-03-02 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements
US5219359A (en) 1990-09-18 1993-06-15 Femcare Limited Suture apparatus
US5222963A (en) 1991-01-17 1993-06-29 Ethicon, Inc. Pull-through circular anastomosic intraluminal stapler with absorbable fastener means
US5230344A (en) 1992-07-31 1993-07-27 Intelligent Hearing Systems Corp. Evoked potential processing system with spectral averaging, adaptive averaging, two dimensional filters, electrode configuration and method therefor
US5254126A (en) 1992-06-24 1993-10-19 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic suture punch
US5290296A (en) 1991-04-05 1994-03-01 Phillips Edward H Surgical fastener system
US5289963A (en) 1991-10-18 1994-03-01 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus and method for applying surgical staples to attach an object to body tissue
US5309923A (en) 1991-08-16 1994-05-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Method and apparatus for determining brain activity including the nature of brain lesions by electroencephalography
US5312391A (en) * 1992-07-29 1994-05-17 Wilk Peter J Laparoscopic instrument assembly
US5318589A (en) 1992-04-15 1994-06-07 Microsurge, Inc. Surgical instrument for endoscopic surgery
US5324325A (en) 1991-06-27 1994-06-28 Siemens Pacesetter, Inc. Myocardial steroid releasing lead
US5331969A (en) 1985-07-30 1994-07-26 Swinburne Limited Equipment for testing or measuring brain activity
US5336263A (en) 1992-04-06 1994-08-09 Robert A. Ersek Treatment of urological and gastric fluid reflux disorders by injection of mmicro particles
US5346504A (en) 1992-11-19 1994-09-13 Ethicon, Inc. Intraluminal manipulator with a head having articulating links
US5350391A (en) 1992-10-19 1994-09-27 Benedetto Iacovelli Laparoscopic instruments
US5354311A (en) 1991-07-29 1994-10-11 Smith & Nephew Dyonics Inc. Deflecting forceps
US5356416A (en) 1992-10-09 1994-10-18 Boston Scientific Corporation Combined multiple ligating band dispenser and sclerotherapy needle instrument
US5358508A (en) 1993-09-15 1994-10-25 Eric Cobb Laparoscopic device
US5364408A (en) 1992-09-04 1994-11-15 Laurus Medical Corporation Endoscopic suture system
US5376095A (en) 1993-11-04 1994-12-27 Ethicon Endo-Surgery Endoscopic multi-fire flat stapler with low profile
US5381943A (en) 1992-10-09 1995-01-17 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic surgical stapling instrument with pivotable and rotatable staple cartridge
US5383260A (en) 1992-12-11 1995-01-24 Avery Dennison Corporation Fastener clip including one or more fasteners adapted for attaching buttons to a garment or like material
US5389098A (en) 1992-05-19 1995-02-14 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Surgical device for stapling and/or fastening body tissues
US5395367A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-03-07 Wilk; Peter J. Laparoscopic instrument with bendable shaft and removable actuator
USD356154S (en) 1992-12-28 1995-03-07 American Cyanamid Company Bar suture anchor
US5395030A (en) 1992-06-04 1995-03-07 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Surgical device for stapling and fastening body tissues
US5403326A (en) * 1993-02-01 1995-04-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for performing a gastric wrap of the esophagus for use in the treatment of esophageal reflux
EP0646356A2 (en) 1993-09-30 1995-04-05 Ethicon, Inc. Articulable socket joint assembly for an endoscopic instrument and surgical fastener track therefor
US5433721A (en) 1992-01-17 1995-07-18 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic instrument having a torsionally stiff drive shaft for applying fasteners to tissue
US5437266A (en) 1992-07-02 1995-08-01 Mcpherson; William Coil screw surgical retractor
US5441507A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-08-15 Wilk; Peter J. Laparoscopic or endoscopic anastomosis technique and associated instruments
EP0668058A1 (en) 1994-02-16 1995-08-23 Novoste Corporation Electrophysiology positioning catheter
US5447512A (en) 1992-06-23 1995-09-05 Boston Scientific Corporation Controller for intracorporeal knot tying apparatus
US5451406A (en) 1994-07-14 1995-09-19 Advanced Uroscience, Inc. Tissue injectable composition and method of use
US5464426A (en) 1993-05-14 1995-11-07 Bonutti; Peter M. Method of closing discontinuity in tissue
US5465894A (en) 1993-12-06 1995-11-14 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical stapling instrument with articulated stapling head assembly on rotatable and flexible support shaft
US5470337A (en) 1994-05-17 1995-11-28 Moss; Gerald Surgical fastener
US5474057A (en) 1993-02-22 1995-12-12 Valleylab Inc. Laparoscopic dissection tension retractor device and method
US5486189A (en) 1990-10-05 1996-01-23 United States Surgical Corporation Endoscopic surgical instrument
US5485952A (en) 1992-09-23 1996-01-23 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus for applying surgical fasteners
US5496331A (en) 1993-07-28 1996-03-05 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Knot-forming instrument and method of forming knots
US5522820A (en) 1993-01-15 1996-06-04 Arthrotech Method and apparatus for suturing tissue
US5528334A (en) 1994-06-15 1996-06-18 Samsung Aerospace Industries, Ltd. System and method for recording successive images of the same object at varying depths of field
US5538008A (en) * 1993-01-18 1996-07-23 Crowe; John Forceps for endoscopes
US5549618A (en) 1994-01-18 1996-08-27 Coral Medical Knot tying method and apparatus
WO1996027345A2 (en) 1988-06-13 1996-09-12 Michelson Gary K Appartus and method of inserting spinal implants
US5558665A (en) 1994-06-24 1996-09-24 Archimedes Surgical, Inc. Surgical instrument and method for intraluminal retraction of an anatomic structure
US5571090A (en) 1994-10-07 1996-11-05 United States Surgical Corporation Vascular suturing apparatus
US5571116A (en) 1994-10-02 1996-11-05 United States Surgical Corporation Non-invasive treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US5581943A (en) 1995-05-26 1996-12-10 Excel Industries, Inc. Torque window
US5588581A (en) 1992-10-09 1996-12-31 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument
US5613499A (en) 1990-05-10 1997-03-25 Symbiosis Corporation Endoscopic biopsy forceps jaws and instruments incorporating same
US5624453A (en) 1993-02-23 1997-04-29 Wilson-Cook Medical, Inc. Endoscopic ligating instrument
US5626613A (en) 1995-05-04 1997-05-06 Arthrex, Inc. Corkscrew suture anchor and driver
US5645552A (en) 1995-01-11 1997-07-08 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical apparatus for suturing body tissue
US5662683A (en) 1995-08-22 1997-09-02 Ortho Helix Limited Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing
US5665096A (en) 1995-03-07 1997-09-09 Yoon; Inbae Needle driving apparatus and methods of suturing tissue
US5671507A (en) 1996-01-11 1997-09-30 Avery Dennison Corporation Fastener for attaching a button or the like to a garment or piece of fabric
US5674230A (en) 1993-10-08 1997-10-07 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical suturing apparatus with locking mechanisms
US5700273A (en) 1995-07-14 1997-12-23 C.R. Bard, Inc. Wound closure apparatus and method
US5699808A (en) 1994-02-07 1997-12-23 New York University EEG operative and post-operative patient monitoring system and method
US5722421A (en) 1995-09-15 1998-03-03 Symbiosis Corporation Clevis having deflection limiting stops for use in an endoscopic biopsy forceps instrument
US5725524A (en) 1994-09-08 1998-03-10 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus for R-F ablation
US5728109A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-03-17 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical knot and method for its formation
US5735861A (en) 1995-09-06 1998-04-07 Wilson-Cook Medical, Inc. Channel mounted activating mechanism for an endoscopic ligator
US5741280A (en) 1994-01-18 1998-04-21 Coral Medical Knot tying method and apparatus
US5749898A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-05-12 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Suture cartridge assembly for a surgical knot
US5788138A (en) 1996-11-19 1998-08-04 Avery Dennison Corporation Button attaching device
US5792478A (en) 1996-07-08 1998-08-11 Advanced Uro Science Tissue injectable composition and method of use
US5792153A (en) 1994-03-23 1998-08-11 University College London Sewing device
US5794948A (en) 1996-11-12 1998-08-18 Xerox Corporation Chuck assembly
US5797927A (en) 1995-09-22 1998-08-25 Yoon; Inbae Combined tissue clamping and suturing instrument
US5810882A (en) 1994-08-05 1998-09-22 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Surgical helical fastener with applicator and method of use
US5810855A (en) 1995-07-21 1998-09-22 Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. Endoscopic device and method for reinforcing surgical staples
US5814054A (en) 1996-09-23 1998-09-29 Symbiosis Corporation Automatic needle-passer suturing instrument
US5820630A (en) * 1996-10-22 1998-10-13 Annex Medical, Inc. Medical forceps jaw assembly
US5826776A (en) 1994-12-19 1998-10-27 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument
US5846254A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-12-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument for forming a knot
US5845645A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-12-08 Bonutti; Peter M. Method of anchoring a suture
US5853409A (en) 1994-06-27 1998-12-29 E.P. Technologies, Inc. Systems and apparatus for sensing temperature in body tissue
US5855311A (en) 1994-03-30 1999-01-05 Ethicon Endo-Surgery Reloadable surgical instrument
US5887594A (en) 1997-09-22 1999-03-30 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Inc. Methods and devices for gastroesophageal reflux reduction
US5893592A (en) 1997-04-08 1999-04-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Partially tied surgical knot
US5899915A (en) 1996-12-02 1999-05-04 Angiotrax, Inc. Apparatus and method for intraoperatively performing surgery
US5901895A (en) 1994-10-05 1999-05-11 United States Surgical Corporation Articulating apparatus for applying surgical fasteners to body tissue
US5947983A (en) 1998-03-16 1999-09-07 Boston Scientific Corporation Tissue cutting and stitching device and method
US5954731A (en) 1997-07-29 1999-09-21 Yoon; Inbae Surgical instrument with multiple rotatably mounted spreadable end effectors
US5958444A (en) 1997-06-13 1999-09-28 Micro Therapeutics, Inc. Method for treating urinary reflux
US5984932A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-11-16 Yoon; Inbae Suturing instrument with one or more spreadable needle holders mounted for arcuate movement
US5993466A (en) 1997-06-17 1999-11-30 Yoon; Inbae Suturing instrument with multiple rotatably mounted spreadable needle holders
FR2768324B1 (en) 1997-09-12 1999-12-10 Jacques Seguin SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR PERCUTANEOUSLY FIXING TWO AREAS OF SOFT TISSUE, NORMALLY MUTUALLY REMOTE, TO ONE ANOTHER
US6009877A (en) 1994-06-24 2000-01-04 Edwards; Stuart D. Method for treating a sphincter
US6051003A (en) 1992-10-09 2000-04-18 Boston Scientific Corporation Combined multiple ligating band dispenser and sclerotherapy needle instrument
US6059719A (en) 1997-08-06 2000-05-09 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscope system
US6059798A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-05-09 Boston Scientific Corporation Distal end for ligating band dispenser
US6083202A (en) 1999-10-14 2000-07-04 Syntheon, Llc Endoscopic needle injection device
US6086603A (en) 1998-12-14 2000-07-11 Syntheon, Llc Luminal port device having internal and external sealing mechanisms
US6086600A (en) 1997-11-03 2000-07-11 Symbiosis Corporation Flexible endoscopic surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6098629A (en) 1999-04-07 2000-08-08 Endonetics, Inc. Submucosal esophageal bulking device
US6102887A (en) 1998-08-11 2000-08-15 Biocardia, Inc. Catheter drug delivery system and method for use
US6113609A (en) 1998-05-26 2000-09-05 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implantable tissue fastener and system for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
JP2000254143A (en) 1999-03-08 2000-09-19 Asahi Optical Co Ltd Hemostasis clip device for endoscope
US6129761A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-10-10 Reprogenesis, Inc. Injectable hydrogel compositions
US6152935A (en) 1996-12-11 2000-11-28 Ethicon, Inc. Meniscal repair device having integral spring member
USRE36974E (en) 1993-05-14 2000-11-28 Bonutti; Peter M. Suture anchor
US6159146A (en) 1999-03-12 2000-12-12 El Gazayerli; Mohamed Mounir Method and apparatus for minimally-invasive fundoplication
US6179840B1 (en) 1999-07-23 2001-01-30 Ethicon, Inc. Graft fixation device and method
US6221084B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2001-04-24 Pare Surgical, Inc. Knot tying apparatus having a notched thread cover and method for using same
US6238335B1 (en) 1998-12-11 2001-05-29 Enteric Medical Technologies, Inc. Method for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease and apparatus for use therewith
US6254642B1 (en) 1997-12-09 2001-07-03 Thomas V. Taylor Perorally insertable gastroesophageal anti-reflux valve prosthesis and tool for implantation thereof
US6258064B1 (en) 1999-10-04 2001-07-10 Syntheon, Llc Helically advanceable endoscopic needle device
US6267285B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2001-07-31 Avery Dennison Corporation Plastic fastener, fastener clip, fastener dispensing tool and method of fastening objects
US6312448B1 (en) 1996-11-15 2001-11-06 Peter M. Bonutti Apparatus and method for use in positioning an anchor
US6315184B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2001-11-13 Powermed, Inc. Stapling device for use with an electromechanical driver device for use with anastomosing, stapling, and resecting instruments
US6325503B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2001-12-04 Hewlett-Packard Company Greeting card feeder operating system
US20010049537A1 (en) 1998-03-20 2001-12-06 Kortenbach Juergen A. Endoscopic suture systems
US20010056282A1 (en) 2000-03-16 2001-12-27 Elazar Sonnenschein Fundoplication apparatus and method
US20020010418A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-24 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for sclerosing the wall of a varicose vein
US20020022851A1 (en) 2000-08-17 2002-02-21 Johns Hopkins University Gastric reduction endoscopy
US6352503B1 (en) 1998-07-17 2002-03-05 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscopic surgery apparatus
US6387104B1 (en) 1999-11-12 2002-05-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for endoscopic repair of the lower esophageal sphincter
US20020063143A1 (en) 2000-10-25 2002-05-30 Adams Ronald D. Method and device for full thickness resectioning of an organ
US20020068945A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-06-06 Robert Sixto Surgical clips particularly useful in the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020068946A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2002-06-06 Kortenbach Juergen A. Apparatus for the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020078967A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-06-27 Robert Sixto Methods for the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020082621A1 (en) 2000-09-22 2002-06-27 Schurr Marc O. Methods and devices for folding and securing tissue
US6443973B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2002-09-03 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electromechanical driver device for use with anastomosing, stapling, and resecting instruments
US20020138086A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-09-26 Robert Sixto Surgical clips particularly useful in the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020173786A1 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-21 Kortenbach Juergen A. Methods and apparatus for on-endoscope instruments having end effectors and combinations of on-endoscope and through-endoscope instruments
US6494888B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2002-12-17 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Tissue reconfiguration
US20020198538A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Kortenbach Juergen A. Surgical device having a handle adapted to impart tensile and compressive forces to elements at a distal end of the device
US6506196B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-01-14 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Device and method for correction of a painful body defect
US20030036679A1 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-02-20 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for delivering a medical instrument over an endoscope while the endoscope is in a body lumen
JP2003051982A (en) 2001-08-07 2003-02-21 Nikon Corp Electronic camera
US6540789B1 (en) 2000-06-15 2003-04-01 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating morbid obesity
US20030065359A1 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-04-03 Gary Weller Overtube apparatus for insertion into a body
US20030065340A1 (en) 2000-05-10 2003-04-03 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
US6544503B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2003-04-08 C. R. Bard, Inc. Process for the preparation of aqueous dispersions of particles of water-soluble polymers and the particles obtained
US20030069646A1 (en) 2001-10-09 2003-04-10 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Medical stent with a valve and related methods of manufacturing
US20030068326A1 (en) 1998-05-15 2003-04-10 Aphton Corporation Method for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20030069280A1 (en) 1998-04-30 2003-04-10 Sepracor Inc. S(-)rabeprazole compositions and methods
US6548518B2 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-04-15 Sepracor, Inc. Methods of treating gastro-esophogeal reflux disease using (-) norcisapride in combination with proton pump inhibitors or H2 receptor antagonists
US6548501B2 (en) 2000-05-31 2003-04-15 Pfizer Inc. Composition and methods for stimulating gastrointestinal motility
US6547776B1 (en) 2000-01-03 2003-04-15 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating tissue in the crura
EP0743044B1 (en) 1995-05-17 2003-04-16 C.R. Bard, Inc. Device for removing abnormal tissue from the human gastrointestinal tract
US6551315B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2003-04-22 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for the treatment of gastric ulcers
US6551328B2 (en) 1997-11-03 2003-04-22 Symbiosis Corporation Surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6552047B2 (en) 1998-11-17 2003-04-22 Nitromed, Inc. H2 receptor antagonist compounds in combination with nitric oxide donors, compositions and methods of use
US6552045B2 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-04-22 Sepracor Inc. Methods and compositions using (+) norcisapride in combination with proton pump inhibitors or H2 receptor antagonists
US6552046B2 (en) 2000-06-07 2003-04-22 Aryx Therapeutics Materials and methods for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20030083241A1 (en) 2001-11-01 2003-05-01 Young Charles W. Use of somatostatin receptor agonists in the treatment of human disorders of sleep hypoxia and oxygen deprivation
US6559165B1 (en) 1998-06-15 2003-05-06 Sepracor, Inc. Methods for treating bulimia using optically pure (−) norcisapride
US6558400B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-05-06 Satiety, Inc. Obesity treatment tools and methods
US20030086968A1 (en) 1993-04-27 2003-05-08 Sepracor Inc. Methods and compositions for treating gastric disorders with optically pure (-) pantoprazole
US6562034B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2003-05-13 Curon Medical, Inc. Electrodes for creating lesions in tissue regions at or near a sphincter
US6562795B2 (en) 2000-02-18 2003-05-13 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Motilide compounds
US20030092699A1 (en) 2001-10-22 2003-05-15 Chikara Uchida Imidazopyridine compounds as 5-HT4 receptor modulators
US6569105B1 (en) 2000-09-14 2003-05-27 Syntheon, Llc Rotatable and deflectable biopsy forceps
US6572626B1 (en) 2000-10-19 2003-06-03 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument having a fastener delivery mechanism
US6575971B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2003-06-10 Quantum Cor, Inc. Cardiac valve leaflet stapler device and methods thereof
US6579301B1 (en) 2000-11-17 2003-06-17 Syntheon, Llc Intragastric balloon device adapted to be repeatedly varied in volume without external assistance
US6589238B2 (en) 1998-01-14 2003-07-08 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment device
US6591137B1 (en) 2000-11-09 2003-07-08 Neuropace, Inc. Implantable neuromuscular stimulator for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US20030130560A1 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-07-10 Takayuki Suzuki Endoscope and endoscopic instrument and method using same
US6591838B2 (en) 1998-07-06 2003-07-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implant system and method for bulking tissue
US6592609B1 (en) 1999-08-09 2003-07-15 Bonutti 2003 Trust-A Method and apparatus for securing tissue
US20030135206A1 (en) 1998-02-27 2003-07-17 Curon Medical, Inc. Method for treating a sphincter
US6595909B2 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-07-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating tissue with an implant
US6595910B2 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-07-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating fecal incontinence
US6604004B1 (en) 1996-11-15 2003-08-05 Brian D. Zelickson Device and method for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6604528B1 (en) 2002-04-22 2003-08-12 Lloyd P. Duncan Acid reflux and snoring device
US6605078B2 (en) 2001-11-26 2003-08-12 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Full thickness resection device
US6609140B1 (en) 1999-11-30 2003-08-19 Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for fast fourier transforms
US20030163029A1 (en) 2000-09-21 2003-08-28 Elazar Sonnenschein Multiple view endoscopes
US20030161887A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-08-28 Klein Dean A. Lower esophagus tissue modifier
US6613047B2 (en) 1994-06-24 2003-09-02 Curon Medical, Inc. Apparatus to treat esophageal sphincters
US20030167062A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-09-04 Gambale Richard A Suture clips,delivery devices and methods
EP0975263B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-10-08 C.R. Bard Inc. Control handle for an endoscope
US20030191478A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2003-10-09 Inscope Development, Llc Surgical tool having a distal ratchet mechanism
US20030188755A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-09 Milbocker Michael T. Treatment for gastroesophageal disease
US6632227B2 (en) 2001-08-24 2003-10-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoscopic resection devices
US20030208211A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-06 Juergen Kortenbach Tissue fastening devices and related insertion tools and methods
US20030208209A1 (en) 2000-03-03 2003-11-06 Gambale Richard A. Endoscopic tissue apposition device with multiple suction ports
US6645201B1 (en) 1998-02-19 2003-11-11 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating dysfunctions in the intestines and rectum
US20030216754A1 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-20 Scout Medical Technologies, Llc Transoral endoscopic gastroesophageal flap valve restoration device, assembly, system and method
US6652545B2 (en) 1999-03-01 2003-11-25 Surgicon, Inc. Ligation clip and clip applier
US20030220657A1 (en) 2001-05-23 2003-11-27 Ronald Adams Endoluminal fundoplication device and related method
US20030220660A1 (en) 2002-04-24 2003-11-27 Kortenbach Juergen A. Tissue fastening devices and processes that promote tissue adhesion
WO2003096885A2 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-27 Onux Medical, Inc. Surgical suturing instrument and method of use
US6660301B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2003-12-09 Biosphere Medical, Inc. Injectable microspheres for dermal augmentation and tissue bulking
US6663639B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-12-16 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6666848B2 (en) 2001-06-14 2003-12-23 Artes Medical Usa, Inc. Medical injection apparatus
US20030236535A1 (en) 2002-05-08 2003-12-25 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Apparatus for ligating/suturing living tissues and system for resecting/suturing living tissues
US20030236536A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-25 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoscopic fundoplication devices and methods for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6673058B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2004-01-06 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Temporary dilating tip for gastro-intestinal tubes
US6673070B2 (en) 1994-06-24 2004-01-06 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment apparatus
US20040006351A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-08 Jamy Gannoe Method and device for use in tissue approximation and fixation
US20040006336A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-08 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for RF ablation into conductive fluid-infused tissue
US20040010245A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-01-15 Cerier Jeffrey C. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6692507B2 (en) 2001-08-23 2004-02-17 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Impermanent biocompatible fastener
US6695764B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2004-02-24 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Apparatus for treating wall of body cavity
US6695866B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2004-02-24 St. Jude Medical, Inc. Mitral and tricuspid valve repair
US20040037887A1 (en) 2002-06-12 2004-02-26 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Bulking agent
US6699243B2 (en) 2001-09-19 2004-03-02 Curon Medical, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for treating tissue regions of the body
US20040044364A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-04 Devries Robert Tissue fasteners and related deployment systems and methods
US20040059358A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Kortenbach Juergen A. Methods for the surgical application of a fastener and the endoluminal treatment of gastroesphageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20040059350A1 (en) 1992-09-04 2004-03-25 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Suturing instruments and methods of use
US20040059354A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Smith Kevin W. Surgical fastener particularly for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20040059349A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Robert Sixto Instrument for applying a surgical fastener particularly for the transoral treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US6712074B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2004-03-30 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for forming composite lesions to treat dysfunction in sphincters and adjoining tissue regions
US6716233B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2004-04-06 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electromechanical driver and remote surgical instrument attachment having computer assisted control capabilities
US6725866B2 (en) 1999-04-07 2004-04-27 Medtronic Endonetics, Inc. Method of treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20040082963A1 (en) 2002-10-23 2004-04-29 Jamy Gannoe Method and device for use in endoscopic organ procedures
US20040082859A1 (en) 2002-07-01 2004-04-29 Alan Schaer Method and apparatus employing ultrasound energy to treat body sphincters
US20040133238A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-07-08 Cerier Jeffrey C. Tissue fixation devices and methods of fixing tissue
US20040147943A1 (en) 2003-01-17 2004-07-29 Olympus Corporation Clip device for holding a living tissue
US20040153107A1 (en) 1999-11-29 2004-08-05 Helmut Kayan Blood vessel clip and applicator
US20040162568A1 (en) 1999-06-25 2004-08-19 Usgi Medical Apparatus and methods for forming and securing gastrointestinal tissue folds
US20040176783A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2004-09-09 Edrich Vascular Devices, Inc. Vascular suturing clip
US6793652B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2004-09-21 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US20040193194A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-09-30 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Tissue reconfiguration
US6835200B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-12-28 Ndo Surgical. Inc. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20050033320A1 (en) 2001-01-31 2005-02-10 Mcguckin James F. Apparatus and method for resectioning gastro-esophageal tissue
US20050216036A1 (en) 2004-03-29 2005-09-29 Nakao Naomi L Endoscopic fastening system with multiple fasteners
WO2005086885A3 (en) 2004-03-11 2005-12-01 Michael D Laufer Surgical fastening system
US6981941B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2006-01-03 Power Medical Interventions Electro-mechanical surgical device
US7032798B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2006-04-25 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US7087073B2 (en) 2000-05-03 2006-08-08 Marctec, Llc Method of securing body tissue
JP2006311060A (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-09 Olympus Imaging Corp Imaging device and digital camera
US7758596B2 (en) 1997-06-27 2010-07-20 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method and apparatus for circulatory valve repair

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US669713A (en) * 1900-07-17 1901-03-12 Buckeye Malleable Iron And Coupler Company Draft-rigging.
US3946470A (en) * 1975-04-07 1976-03-30 General Dynamics Corporation Double flush riveting machine

Patent Citations (379)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1343289A (en) 1919-05-05 1920-06-15 Frank C Suchy Staple-setter
US1548250A (en) 1923-11-14 1925-08-04 Bobner Frank Button fastener
US2199025A (en) 1936-06-08 1940-04-30 Carl E Conn Means and method of closing surgical incisions
US2104885A (en) 1936-09-17 1938-01-11 George A Robbins Button fastener
US3216424A (en) 1962-02-05 1965-11-09 William M Chardack Electrode and lead
US3399432A (en) 1965-12-08 1968-09-03 Dennison Mfg Co Button attachment
US3470875A (en) 1966-10-06 1969-10-07 Alfred A Johnson Surgical clamping and suturing instrument
US3551987A (en) 1968-09-12 1971-01-05 Jack E Wilkinson Stapling clamp for gastrointestinal surgery
US3636594A (en) 1968-12-17 1972-01-25 Bernard Faivre Device for rapid attachment
US3638653A (en) 1969-07-31 1972-02-01 H Lee Berry Suturing device
US3749085A (en) 1970-06-26 1973-07-31 J Willson Vascular tissue removing device
US3734375A (en) 1971-05-27 1973-05-22 Dennison Mfg Co Fastener inserting machine
US3875648A (en) 1973-04-04 1975-04-08 Dennison Mfg Co Fastener attachment apparatus and method
US3842840A (en) 1973-05-07 1974-10-22 E Schweizer Suture applicator
US3901244A (en) 1973-05-07 1975-08-26 Edward E Schweizer Suture cartridge
US3900925A (en) 1973-10-23 1975-08-26 Torraca Gerard A Button attacher
US3933291A (en) 1973-11-08 1976-01-20 Robert Edgar Stephenson Ear tag inserting pliers
US3946740A (en) 1974-10-15 1976-03-30 Bassett John W Suturing device
US4144890A (en) 1975-01-14 1979-03-20 Cordis Corporation Contact device for muscle stimulation
US4006747A (en) 1975-04-23 1977-02-08 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical method
US4014492A (en) 1975-06-11 1977-03-29 Senco Products, Inc. Surgical staple
US4043504A (en) 1976-03-09 1977-08-23 Senco Products, Inc. Staple cartridge and feed means for use with a surgical stapling instrument
US4177818A (en) 1976-12-02 1979-12-11 Pedro Francisco L De Self attachable small-toothed electrode and a forceps for maneuvering it
US4168703A (en) 1977-07-18 1979-09-25 Kenneth Kenigsberg Gastroesophageal reflux diagnostic tool
US4164225A (en) 1977-12-28 1979-08-14 Johnson & Lorenz, Inc. Surgical suturing instrument
US4235238A (en) 1978-05-11 1980-11-25 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Apparatus for suturing coeliac tissues
US4210148A (en) 1978-11-03 1980-07-01 Stivala Oscar G Retention suture system
US4229930A (en) 1978-11-29 1980-10-28 Ostermaier Albert E Flexible link fastener
US4265226A (en) 1979-03-23 1981-05-05 Cassimally K A I Incision closing method
US4399810A (en) 1979-11-28 1983-08-23 Samuels Peter B Skin clip and applier
GB2075829A (en) 1980-05-06 1981-11-25 Watson & Ewen Ltd Upholstery tie
US4407286A (en) 1980-08-25 1983-10-04 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical staples
US4500024A (en) 1980-11-19 1985-02-19 Ethicon, Inc. Multiple clip applier
US4375866A (en) 1981-01-22 1983-03-08 Edward Weck & Company, Inc. Skin clip applier
US4809695A (en) 1981-10-21 1989-03-07 Owen M. Gwathmey Suturing assembly and method
US4471781A (en) 1982-02-03 1984-09-18 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument with rotatable front housing and latch mechanism
US4448194A (en) 1982-02-03 1984-05-15 Ethicon, Inc. Full stroke compelling mechanism for surgical instrument with drum drive
US4724840A (en) 1982-02-03 1988-02-16 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical fastener applier with rotatable front housing and laterally extending curved needle for guiding a flexible pusher
US4586502A (en) 1982-02-03 1986-05-06 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument actuator with non-collinear hydraulic pistons
US4506670A (en) 1983-03-30 1985-03-26 United States Surgical Corporation Two-part surgical fastener applying apparatus with frangible member
US4573469A (en) 1983-06-20 1986-03-04 Ethicon, Inc. Two-piece tissue fastener with coinable leg staple and retaining receiver and method and instrument for applying same
US4627437A (en) 1983-06-20 1986-12-09 Ethicon, Inc. Method of applying a fastener to tissue with a pair of hollow needles
US4665906A (en) 1983-10-14 1987-05-19 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating sim alloy elements
US5190546A (en) 1983-10-14 1993-03-02 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements
US5067957A (en) 1983-10-14 1991-11-26 Raychem Corporation Method of inserting medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements
US5597378A (en) 1983-10-14 1997-01-28 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating SIM alloy elements
US4635637A (en) 1984-03-29 1987-01-13 Schreiber Saul N Surgical suture
US4607638A (en) 1984-04-20 1986-08-26 Design Standards Corporation Surgical staples
US5037021A (en) 1984-07-11 1991-08-06 University College London Sewing machine
US4585153A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-04-29 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying two-piece fasteners comprising frictionally held U-shaped staples and receivers (Case III)
US4606345A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-08-19 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying two-piece fasteners comprising U-shaped staples and frictionally held receivers (Case II)
US4591085A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-05-27 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying fasteners, said instrument having an improved trigger interlocking mechanism (Case VI)
US4741336A (en) 1984-07-16 1988-05-03 Ethicon, Inc. Shaped staples and slotted receivers (case VII)
US4605004A (en) 1984-07-16 1986-08-12 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical instrument for applying fasteners said instrument including force supporting means (case IV)
US4862359A (en) 1984-08-31 1989-08-29 Bio-Logic Systems Corporation Topographical mapping of brain functionality from neuropsychological test results
JPS61122852A (en) 1984-09-11 1986-06-10 ユニバ−シテイ−、カレツジ、ロンドン Suturing or stapling machine
US4841888A (en) 1984-09-11 1989-06-27 Mills Timothy N Sewing machine
US4653496A (en) 1985-02-01 1987-03-31 Bundy Mark A Transluminal lysing system
US4696300A (en) 1985-04-11 1987-09-29 Dennison Manufacturing Company Fastener for joining materials
US4736746A (en) 1985-04-11 1988-04-12 Dennison Manufacturing Company Method of fastening tissues
US4649938A (en) 1985-04-29 1987-03-17 Mcarthur William A Tissue-stimulating electrode having sealed, low-friction extendable/retractable active fixation means
US5331969A (en) 1985-07-30 1994-07-26 Swinburne Limited Equipment for testing or measuring brain activity
US4669473A (en) 1985-09-06 1987-06-02 Acufex Microsurgical, Inc. Surgical fastener
US4705040A (en) 1985-11-18 1987-11-10 Medi-Tech, Incorporated Percutaneous fixation of hollow organs
US4753469A (en) 1987-05-04 1988-06-28 Ekco Housewares, Inc. Cooking device for holding food-containing bags
US4890615A (en) 1987-11-05 1990-01-02 Concept, Inc. Arthroscopic suturing instrument
US4890615B1 (en) 1987-11-05 1993-11-16 Linvatec Corporation Arthroscopic suturing instrument
JPH01151461A (en) 1987-12-08 1989-06-14 Koransha Co Ltd Prosthesis material for organism
US4887612A (en) 1988-04-27 1989-12-19 Esco Precision, Inc. Endoscopic biopsy forceps
WO1989011827A1 (en) 1988-06-03 1989-12-14 Nierman David M Biopsy forceps
US4880015A (en) 1988-06-03 1989-11-14 Nierman David M Biopsy forceps
WO1996027345A2 (en) 1988-06-13 1996-09-12 Michelson Gary K Appartus and method of inserting spinal implants
US4982727A (en) * 1989-04-13 1991-01-08 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscopic treating instrument
US5040715A (en) 1989-05-26 1991-08-20 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus and method for placing staples in laparoscopic or endoscopic procedures
US5040715B1 (en) 1989-05-26 1994-04-05 United States Surgical Corp Apparatus and method for placing staples in laparoscopic or endoscopic procedures
US4935027A (en) 1989-08-21 1990-06-19 Inbae Yoon Surgical suture instrument with remotely controllable suture material advancement
US5015249A (en) 1989-12-26 1991-05-14 Nakao Naomi L Endoscopic stapling device and method
US5076285A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-12-31 Medtronic, Inc. Screw-in lead
US5613499A (en) 1990-05-10 1997-03-25 Symbiosis Corporation Endoscopic biopsy forceps jaws and instruments incorporating same
US5037433A (en) 1990-05-17 1991-08-06 Wilk Peter J Endoscopic suturing device and related method and suture
US5219359A (en) 1990-09-18 1993-06-15 Femcare Limited Suture apparatus
US5080663A (en) 1990-09-26 1992-01-14 Univerity College London Sewing device
US5486189A (en) 1990-10-05 1996-01-23 United States Surgical Corporation Endoscopic surgical instrument
US5088979A (en) 1990-10-11 1992-02-18 Wilson-Cook Medical Inc. Method for esophageal invagination and devices useful therein
EP0480428B1 (en) 1990-10-11 1996-05-15 Wilson-Cook Medical Inc. Device for esophageal invagination
US5222963A (en) 1991-01-17 1993-06-29 Ethicon, Inc. Pull-through circular anastomosic intraluminal stapler with absorbable fastener means
US5174487A (en) 1991-04-04 1992-12-29 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic stapler and hernia repair mechanism
US5290296A (en) 1991-04-05 1994-03-01 Phillips Edward H Surgical fastener system
US5147373A (en) 1991-04-29 1992-09-15 Ferzli George S Laparoscopic instrument
US5324325A (en) 1991-06-27 1994-06-28 Siemens Pacesetter, Inc. Myocardial steroid releasing lead
US5354311A (en) 1991-07-29 1994-10-11 Smith & Nephew Dyonics Inc. Deflecting forceps
US5309923A (en) 1991-08-16 1994-05-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Method and apparatus for determining brain activity including the nature of brain lesions by electroencephalography
US5289963A (en) 1991-10-18 1994-03-01 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus and method for applying surgical staples to attach an object to body tissue
US5433721A (en) 1992-01-17 1995-07-18 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic instrument having a torsionally stiff drive shaft for applying fasteners to tissue
US5336263A (en) 1992-04-06 1994-08-09 Robert A. Ersek Treatment of urological and gastric fluid reflux disorders by injection of mmicro particles
US5318589A (en) 1992-04-15 1994-06-07 Microsurge, Inc. Surgical instrument for endoscopic surgery
US5389098A (en) 1992-05-19 1995-02-14 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Surgical device for stapling and/or fastening body tissues
US5395030A (en) 1992-06-04 1995-03-07 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Surgical device for stapling and fastening body tissues
US5447512A (en) 1992-06-23 1995-09-05 Boston Scientific Corporation Controller for intracorporeal knot tying apparatus
EP0576265B1 (en) 1992-06-24 1998-05-27 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic suture punch
US5254126A (en) 1992-06-24 1993-10-19 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic suture punch
US5437266A (en) 1992-07-02 1995-08-01 Mcpherson; William Coil screw surgical retractor
US5573496A (en) 1992-07-02 1996-11-12 Mcpherson; William E. Method of using a coil screw surgical retractor
US5312391A (en) * 1992-07-29 1994-05-17 Wilk Peter J Laparoscopic instrument assembly
US5395367A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-03-07 Wilk; Peter J. Laparoscopic instrument with bendable shaft and removable actuator
US5441507A (en) 1992-07-29 1995-08-15 Wilk; Peter J. Laparoscopic or endoscopic anastomosis technique and associated instruments
US5230344A (en) 1992-07-31 1993-07-27 Intelligent Hearing Systems Corp. Evoked potential processing system with spectral averaging, adaptive averaging, two dimensional filters, electrode configuration and method therefor
US5364408A (en) 1992-09-04 1994-11-15 Laurus Medical Corporation Endoscopic suture system
US20040059350A1 (en) 1992-09-04 2004-03-25 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Suturing instruments and methods of use
US7033370B2 (en) 1992-09-04 2006-04-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suturing instruments and methods of use
US5485952A (en) 1992-09-23 1996-01-23 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus for applying surgical fasteners
EP0593920B1 (en) 1992-09-23 1998-07-22 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus for applying surgical fasteners
US5697940A (en) 1992-10-09 1997-12-16 Boston Scientific Corporation Multiple ligating band dispenser
US5588581A (en) 1992-10-09 1996-12-31 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument
US5356416A (en) 1992-10-09 1994-10-18 Boston Scientific Corporation Combined multiple ligating band dispenser and sclerotherapy needle instrument
US5381943A (en) 1992-10-09 1995-01-17 Ethicon, Inc. Endoscopic surgical stapling instrument with pivotable and rotatable staple cartridge
US6051003A (en) 1992-10-09 2000-04-18 Boston Scientific Corporation Combined multiple ligating band dispenser and sclerotherapy needle instrument
US5350391A (en) 1992-10-19 1994-09-27 Benedetto Iacovelli Laparoscopic instruments
US5346504A (en) 1992-11-19 1994-09-13 Ethicon, Inc. Intraluminal manipulator with a head having articulating links
US5383260A (en) 1992-12-11 1995-01-24 Avery Dennison Corporation Fastener clip including one or more fasteners adapted for attaching buttons to a garment or like material
USD356154S (en) 1992-12-28 1995-03-07 American Cyanamid Company Bar suture anchor
US5522820A (en) 1993-01-15 1996-06-04 Arthrotech Method and apparatus for suturing tissue
US5538008A (en) * 1993-01-18 1996-07-23 Crowe; John Forceps for endoscopes
US5403326A (en) * 1993-02-01 1995-04-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for performing a gastric wrap of the esophagus for use in the treatment of esophageal reflux
US5474057A (en) 1993-02-22 1995-12-12 Valleylab Inc. Laparoscopic dissection tension retractor device and method
US5624453A (en) 1993-02-23 1997-04-29 Wilson-Cook Medical, Inc. Endoscopic ligating instrument
US20030086968A1 (en) 1993-04-27 2003-05-08 Sepracor Inc. Methods and compositions for treating gastric disorders with optically pure (-) pantoprazole
US5845645A (en) 1993-05-14 1998-12-08 Bonutti; Peter M. Method of anchoring a suture
USRE36974E (en) 1993-05-14 2000-11-28 Bonutti; Peter M. Suture anchor
US5464426A (en) 1993-05-14 1995-11-07 Bonutti; Peter M. Method of closing discontinuity in tissue
US5496331A (en) 1993-07-28 1996-03-05 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Knot-forming instrument and method of forming knots
US5358508A (en) 1993-09-15 1994-10-25 Eric Cobb Laparoscopic device
EP0646356A2 (en) 1993-09-30 1995-04-05 Ethicon, Inc. Articulable socket joint assembly for an endoscopic instrument and surgical fastener track therefor
US5405344A (en) 1993-09-30 1995-04-11 Ethicon, Inc. Articulable socket joint assembly for an endoscopic instrument for surgical fastner track therefor
US5674230A (en) 1993-10-08 1997-10-07 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical suturing apparatus with locking mechanisms
US5376095A (en) 1993-11-04 1994-12-27 Ethicon Endo-Surgery Endoscopic multi-fire flat stapler with low profile
US5465894A (en) 1993-12-06 1995-11-14 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical stapling instrument with articulated stapling head assembly on rotatable and flexible support shaft
US5549618A (en) 1994-01-18 1996-08-27 Coral Medical Knot tying method and apparatus
US5741280A (en) 1994-01-18 1998-04-21 Coral Medical Knot tying method and apparatus
US5699808A (en) 1994-02-07 1997-12-23 New York University EEG operative and post-operative patient monitoring system and method
EP0668058A1 (en) 1994-02-16 1995-08-23 Novoste Corporation Electrophysiology positioning catheter
US5792153A (en) 1994-03-23 1998-08-11 University College London Sewing device
US5855311A (en) 1994-03-30 1999-01-05 Ethicon Endo-Surgery Reloadable surgical instrument
US5470337A (en) 1994-05-17 1995-11-28 Moss; Gerald Surgical fastener
US5528334A (en) 1994-06-15 1996-06-18 Samsung Aerospace Industries, Ltd. System and method for recording successive images of the same object at varying depths of field
US5558665A (en) 1994-06-24 1996-09-24 Archimedes Surgical, Inc. Surgical instrument and method for intraluminal retraction of an anatomic structure
US6673070B2 (en) 1994-06-24 2004-01-06 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment apparatus
US20040082950A1 (en) 1994-06-24 2004-04-29 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment apparatus
US6067990A (en) 1994-06-24 2000-05-30 Surgical, Inc. Method for esophageal retraction
US5787897A (en) 1994-06-24 1998-08-04 Archimedes Surgical, Inc. Surgical method for intraluminally plicating a fundus of a patient
US6613047B2 (en) 1994-06-24 2003-09-02 Curon Medical, Inc. Apparatus to treat esophageal sphincters
US6009877A (en) 1994-06-24 2000-01-04 Edwards; Stuart D. Method for treating a sphincter
US5853409A (en) 1994-06-27 1998-12-29 E.P. Technologies, Inc. Systems and apparatus for sensing temperature in body tissue
US5451406A (en) 1994-07-14 1995-09-19 Advanced Uroscience, Inc. Tissue injectable composition and method of use
US5810882A (en) 1994-08-05 1998-09-22 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Surgical helical fastener with applicator and method of use
US5725524A (en) 1994-09-08 1998-03-10 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus for R-F ablation
US5571116A (en) 1994-10-02 1996-11-05 United States Surgical Corporation Non-invasive treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US5676674A (en) 1994-10-02 1997-10-14 Bolanos; Henry Non-invasive treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US5897562A (en) 1994-10-02 1999-04-27 United States Surgical Corporation Non-invasive apparatus for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US5901895A (en) 1994-10-05 1999-05-11 United States Surgical Corporation Articulating apparatus for applying surgical fasteners to body tissue
US5571090A (en) 1994-10-07 1996-11-05 United States Surgical Corporation Vascular suturing apparatus
US5826776A (en) 1994-12-19 1998-10-27 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument
US5645552A (en) 1995-01-11 1997-07-08 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical apparatus for suturing body tissue
US5665096A (en) 1995-03-07 1997-09-09 Yoon; Inbae Needle driving apparatus and methods of suturing tissue
US5626613A (en) 1995-05-04 1997-05-06 Arthrex, Inc. Corkscrew suture anchor and driver
EP0743044B1 (en) 1995-05-17 2003-04-16 C.R. Bard, Inc. Device for removing abnormal tissue from the human gastrointestinal tract
US5581943A (en) 1995-05-26 1996-12-10 Excel Industries, Inc. Torque window
US6544503B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2003-04-08 C. R. Bard, Inc. Process for the preparation of aqueous dispersions of particles of water-soluble polymers and the particles obtained
US6129761A (en) 1995-06-07 2000-10-10 Reprogenesis, Inc. Injectable hydrogel compositions
US5700273A (en) 1995-07-14 1997-12-23 C.R. Bard, Inc. Wound closure apparatus and method
US5810855A (en) 1995-07-21 1998-09-22 Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. Endoscopic device and method for reinforcing surgical staples
US5662683A (en) 1995-08-22 1997-09-02 Ortho Helix Limited Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing
US5735861A (en) 1995-09-06 1998-04-07 Wilson-Cook Medical, Inc. Channel mounted activating mechanism for an endoscopic ligator
US5722421A (en) 1995-09-15 1998-03-03 Symbiosis Corporation Clevis having deflection limiting stops for use in an endoscopic biopsy forceps instrument
US5797927A (en) 1995-09-22 1998-08-25 Yoon; Inbae Combined tissue clamping and suturing instrument
US5671507A (en) 1996-01-11 1997-09-30 Avery Dennison Corporation Fastener for attaching a button or the like to a garment or piece of fabric
US5792478A (en) 1996-07-08 1998-08-11 Advanced Uro Science Tissue injectable composition and method of use
US5814054A (en) 1996-09-23 1998-09-29 Symbiosis Corporation Automatic needle-passer suturing instrument
US5820630A (en) * 1996-10-22 1998-10-13 Annex Medical, Inc. Medical forceps jaw assembly
US5794948A (en) 1996-11-12 1998-08-18 Xerox Corporation Chuck assembly
US6604004B1 (en) 1996-11-15 2003-08-05 Brian D. Zelickson Device and method for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6312448B1 (en) 1996-11-15 2001-11-06 Peter M. Bonutti Apparatus and method for use in positioning an anchor
US5788138A (en) 1996-11-19 1998-08-04 Avery Dennison Corporation Button attaching device
US5984932A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-11-16 Yoon; Inbae Suturing instrument with one or more spreadable needle holders mounted for arcuate movement
US5899915A (en) 1996-12-02 1999-05-04 Angiotrax, Inc. Apparatus and method for intraoperatively performing surgery
US6152935A (en) 1996-12-11 2000-11-28 Ethicon, Inc. Meniscal repair device having integral spring member
US5846254A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-12-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument for forming a knot
US5893592A (en) 1997-04-08 1999-04-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Partially tied surgical knot
US5749898A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-05-12 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Suture cartridge assembly for a surgical knot
US5728109A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-03-17 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical knot and method for its formation
EP0975263B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-10-08 C.R. Bard Inc. Control handle for an endoscope
US6059798A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-05-09 Boston Scientific Corporation Distal end for ligating band dispenser
US5958444A (en) 1997-06-13 1999-09-28 Micro Therapeutics, Inc. Method for treating urinary reflux
US5993466A (en) 1997-06-17 1999-11-30 Yoon; Inbae Suturing instrument with multiple rotatably mounted spreadable needle holders
US7758596B2 (en) 1997-06-27 2010-07-20 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method and apparatus for circulatory valve repair
US5954731A (en) 1997-07-29 1999-09-21 Yoon; Inbae Surgical instrument with multiple rotatably mounted spreadable end effectors
US6059719A (en) 1997-08-06 2000-05-09 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscope system
FR2768324B1 (en) 1997-09-12 1999-12-10 Jacques Seguin SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR PERCUTANEOUSLY FIXING TWO AREAS OF SOFT TISSUE, NORMALLY MUTUALLY REMOTE, TO ONE ANOTHER
US6461366B1 (en) 1997-09-12 2002-10-08 Evalve, Inc. Surgical device for connecting soft tissue
US5887594A (en) 1997-09-22 1999-03-30 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Inc. Methods and devices for gastroesophageal reflux reduction
US6312437B1 (en) 1997-11-03 2001-11-06 Symbiosis Corporation Flexible endoscopic surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6086600A (en) 1997-11-03 2000-07-11 Symbiosis Corporation Flexible endoscopic surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6551328B2 (en) 1997-11-03 2003-04-22 Symbiosis Corporation Surgical instrument for invagination and fundoplication
US6254642B1 (en) 1997-12-09 2001-07-03 Thomas V. Taylor Perorally insertable gastroesophageal anti-reflux valve prosthesis and tool for implantation thereof
US6544291B2 (en) 1997-12-09 2003-04-08 Thomas V. Taylor Sutureless gastroesophageal anti-reflux valve prosthesis and tool for peroral implantation thereof
US6558429B2 (en) 1997-12-09 2003-05-06 Reflux Corporation Perorally insertable gastroesophageal anti-reflux valve prosthesis and tool for implantation thereof
US6589238B2 (en) 1998-01-14 2003-07-08 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment device
US20030195509A1 (en) 1998-01-14 2003-10-16 Curon Medical, Inc. GERB treatment apparatus and method
US6971395B2 (en) 1998-01-14 2005-12-06 Curon Medical, Inc. Sphincter treatment method
US6645201B1 (en) 1998-02-19 2003-11-11 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating dysfunctions in the intestines and rectum
US6562034B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2003-05-13 Curon Medical, Inc. Electrodes for creating lesions in tissue regions at or near a sphincter
US6712814B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2004-03-30 Curon Medical, Inc. Method for treating a sphincter
US6712074B2 (en) 1998-02-19 2004-03-30 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for forming composite lesions to treat dysfunction in sphincters and adjoining tissue regions
US20030135206A1 (en) 1998-02-27 2003-07-17 Curon Medical, Inc. Method for treating a sphincter
US6660301B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2003-12-09 Biosphere Medical, Inc. Injectable microspheres for dermal augmentation and tissue bulking
US5947983A (en) 1998-03-16 1999-09-07 Boston Scientific Corporation Tissue cutting and stitching device and method
US6454778B2 (en) 1998-03-20 2002-09-24 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoscopic suture systems
US20010049537A1 (en) 1998-03-20 2001-12-06 Kortenbach Juergen A. Endoscopic suture systems
US20030069280A1 (en) 1998-04-30 2003-04-10 Sepracor Inc. S(-)rabeprazole compositions and methods
US20030068326A1 (en) 1998-05-15 2003-04-10 Aphton Corporation Method for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6669713B2 (en) 1998-05-26 2003-12-30 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implantable tissue fastener and system for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6113609A (en) 1998-05-26 2000-09-05 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implantable tissue fastener and system for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6559165B1 (en) 1998-06-15 2003-05-06 Sepracor, Inc. Methods for treating bulimia using optically pure (−) norcisapride
US20030019905A1 (en) 1998-06-19 2003-01-30 Adams Ronald D. Method and device for full thickness resectioning of an organ
US20030192559A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2003-10-16 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implant system and method for bulking tissue
US6591838B2 (en) 1998-07-06 2003-07-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implant system and method for bulking tissue
US20030196670A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2003-10-23 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implant system and method for bulking tissue
US20030192558A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2003-10-16 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Implant system and method for bulking tissue
US6267285B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2001-07-31 Avery Dennison Corporation Plastic fastener, fastener clip, fastener dispensing tool and method of fastening objects
US6695866B1 (en) 1998-07-15 2004-02-24 St. Jude Medical, Inc. Mitral and tricuspid valve repair
US6352503B1 (en) 1998-07-17 2002-03-05 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscopic surgery apparatus
US6102887A (en) 1998-08-11 2000-08-15 Biocardia, Inc. Catheter drug delivery system and method for use
US6552047B2 (en) 1998-11-17 2003-04-22 Nitromed, Inc. H2 receptor antagonist compounds in combination with nitric oxide donors, compositions and methods of use
US6595910B2 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-07-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating fecal incontinence
US6595909B2 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-07-22 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating tissue with an implant
US20030171645A1 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-09-11 Silverman David E. Method for augmenting wall forming gastrointestinal tract and kit for use therewith
US6238335B1 (en) 1998-12-11 2001-05-29 Enteric Medical Technologies, Inc. Method for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease and apparatus for use therewith
US20030199731A1 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-10-23 Silverman David E. Method for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease and apparatus for use therewith
US6086603A (en) 1998-12-14 2000-07-11 Syntheon, Llc Luminal port device having internal and external sealing mechanisms
US6221084B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2001-04-24 Pare Surgical, Inc. Knot tying apparatus having a notched thread cover and method for using same
US6652545B2 (en) 1999-03-01 2003-11-25 Surgicon, Inc. Ligation clip and clip applier
US6548518B2 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-04-15 Sepracor, Inc. Methods of treating gastro-esophogeal reflux disease using (-) norcisapride in combination with proton pump inhibitors or H2 receptor antagonists
US6552045B2 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-04-22 Sepracor Inc. Methods and compositions using (+) norcisapride in combination with proton pump inhibitors or H2 receptor antagonists
JP2000254143A (en) 1999-03-08 2000-09-19 Asahi Optical Co Ltd Hemostasis clip device for endoscope
US6159146A (en) 1999-03-12 2000-12-12 El Gazayerli; Mohamed Mounir Method and apparatus for minimally-invasive fundoplication
US6098629A (en) 1999-04-07 2000-08-08 Endonetics, Inc. Submucosal esophageal bulking device
US6725866B2 (en) 1999-04-07 2004-04-27 Medtronic Endonetics, Inc. Method of treating gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6846309B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2005-01-25 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6793652B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2004-09-21 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6315184B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2001-11-13 Powermed, Inc. Stapling device for use with an electromechanical driver device for use with anastomosing, stapling, and resecting instruments
US7077856B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2006-07-18 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electromechanical driver and remote surgical instrument attachment having computer assisted control capabilities
US7032798B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2006-04-25 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6843403B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2005-01-18 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Surgical clamping, cutting and stapling device
US6981941B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2006-01-03 Power Medical Interventions Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6443973B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2002-09-03 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electromechanical driver device for use with anastomosing, stapling, and resecting instruments
US6716233B1 (en) 1999-06-02 2004-04-06 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electromechanical driver and remote surgical instrument attachment having computer assisted control capabilities
US6849071B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2005-02-01 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6846307B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2005-01-25 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US6846308B2 (en) 1999-06-02 2005-01-25 Power Medical Interventions, Inc. Electro-mechanical surgical device
US20040193194A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-09-30 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Tissue reconfiguration
US20060025789A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2006-02-02 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20090198254A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2009-08-06 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Methods and Devices for Tissue Reconfiguration
US7153314B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2006-12-26 Ndo Surgical Tissue reconfiguration
US6773441B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-08-10 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6506196B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-01-14 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Device and method for correction of a painful body defect
US20040133238A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-07-08 Cerier Jeffrey C. Tissue fixation devices and methods of fixing tissue
US20040193193A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-09-30 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Tissue reconfiguration
US20040194790A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-10-07 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Tissue reconfiguration
US6821285B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-11-23 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Tissue reconfiguration
US20050033328A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2005-02-10 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6494888B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2002-12-17 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Tissue reconfiguration
US6663639B1 (en) 1999-06-22 2003-12-16 Ndo Surgical, Inc. Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20020193816A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2002-12-19 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Tissue reconfiguration
US6835200B2 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-12-28 Ndo Surgical. Inc. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20040193184A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-09-30 Ndo Surgical, Inc., A Massachusetts Corporation Methods and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20040010245A1 (en) 1999-06-22 2004-01-15 Cerier Jeffrey C. Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US20040162568A1 (en) 1999-06-25 2004-08-19 Usgi Medical Apparatus and methods for forming and securing gastrointestinal tissue folds
US6179840B1 (en) 1999-07-23 2001-01-30 Ethicon, Inc. Graft fixation device and method
US6592609B1 (en) 1999-08-09 2003-07-15 Bonutti 2003 Trust-A Method and apparatus for securing tissue
US6695764B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2004-02-24 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Apparatus for treating wall of body cavity
US6258064B1 (en) 1999-10-04 2001-07-10 Syntheon, Llc Helically advanceable endoscopic needle device
US6083202A (en) 1999-10-14 2000-07-04 Syntheon, Llc Endoscopic needle injection device
US6387104B1 (en) 1999-11-12 2002-05-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for endoscopic repair of the lower esophageal sphincter
US20040153107A1 (en) 1999-11-29 2004-08-05 Helmut Kayan Blood vessel clip and applicator
US6609140B1 (en) 1999-11-30 2003-08-19 Mercury Computer Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for fast fourier transforms
US6547776B1 (en) 2000-01-03 2003-04-15 Curon Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating tissue in the crura
US6562795B2 (en) 2000-02-18 2003-05-13 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Motilide compounds
US20030208209A1 (en) 2000-03-03 2003-11-06 Gambale Richard A. Endoscopic tissue apposition device with multiple suction ports
US20010056282A1 (en) 2000-03-16 2001-12-27 Elazar Sonnenschein Fundoplication apparatus and method
US6325503B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2001-12-04 Hewlett-Packard Company Greeting card feeder operating system
US7087073B2 (en) 2000-05-03 2006-08-08 Marctec, Llc Method of securing body tissue
US20030065340A1 (en) 2000-05-10 2003-04-03 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
US6592596B1 (en) 2000-05-10 2003-07-15 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
US20030181929A1 (en) 2000-05-10 2003-09-25 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
US6926722B2 (en) 2000-05-10 2005-08-09 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Devices and related methods for securing a tissue fold
US6548501B2 (en) 2000-05-31 2003-04-15 Pfizer Inc. Composition and methods for stimulating gastrointestinal motility
US6552046B2 (en) 2000-06-07 2003-04-22 Aryx Therapeutics Materials and methods for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US6540789B1 (en) 2000-06-15 2003-04-01 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method for treating morbid obesity
US20020010418A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-24 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for sclerosing the wall of a varicose vein
US20030130560A1 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-07-10 Takayuki Suzuki Endoscope and endoscopic instrument and method using same
US6986737B2 (en) 2000-07-24 2006-01-17 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Endoscopic method for forming an artificial valve
US20030130561A1 (en) 2000-07-24 2003-07-10 Takayuki Suzuki Endoscope and endoscopic instrument and method using same
US20020022851A1 (en) 2000-08-17 2002-02-21 Johns Hopkins University Gastric reduction endoscopy
US6569105B1 (en) 2000-09-14 2003-05-27 Syntheon, Llc Rotatable and deflectable biopsy forceps
US20030163029A1 (en) 2000-09-21 2003-08-28 Elazar Sonnenschein Multiple view endoscopes
US20020082621A1 (en) 2000-09-22 2002-06-27 Schurr Marc O. Methods and devices for folding and securing tissue
US6572626B1 (en) 2000-10-19 2003-06-03 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical instrument having a fastener delivery mechanism
US20020063143A1 (en) 2000-10-25 2002-05-30 Adams Ronald D. Method and device for full thickness resectioning of an organ
US6478210B2 (en) 2000-10-25 2002-11-12 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method and device for full thickness resectioning of an organ
US6591137B1 (en) 2000-11-09 2003-07-08 Neuropace, Inc. Implantable neuromuscular stimulator for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
US6579301B1 (en) 2000-11-17 2003-06-17 Syntheon, Llc Intragastric balloon device adapted to be repeatedly varied in volume without external assistance
US20020078967A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-06-27 Robert Sixto Methods for the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020068945A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-06-06 Robert Sixto Surgical clips particularly useful in the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020138086A1 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-09-26 Robert Sixto Surgical clips particularly useful in the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20020068946A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2002-06-06 Kortenbach Juergen A. Apparatus for the endoluminal treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US6551315B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2003-04-22 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for the treatment of gastric ulcers
US20050033320A1 (en) 2001-01-31 2005-02-10 Mcguckin James F. Apparatus and method for resectioning gastro-esophageal tissue
US6808491B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2004-10-26 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for on-endoscope instruments having end effectors and combinations of on-endoscope and through-endoscope instruments
US20020173786A1 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-21 Kortenbach Juergen A. Methods and apparatus for on-endoscope instruments having end effectors and combinations of on-endoscope and through-endoscope instruments
WO2002094341A2 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-28 Is, Llc Surgical tool for attaching to endoscope
US20030220657A1 (en) 2001-05-23 2003-11-27 Ronald Adams Endoluminal fundoplication device and related method
US6916332B2 (en) 2001-05-23 2005-07-12 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoluminal fundoplication device and related method for installing tissue fastener
US6558400B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-05-06 Satiety, Inc. Obesity treatment tools and methods
US20030065359A1 (en) 2001-05-30 2003-04-03 Gary Weller Overtube apparatus for insertion into a body
US6666848B2 (en) 2001-06-14 2003-12-23 Artes Medical Usa, Inc. Medical injection apparatus
US6673058B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2004-01-06 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Temporary dilating tip for gastro-intestinal tubes
US6743240B2 (en) 2001-06-25 2004-06-01 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Flexible surgical device having a rotatable end effector assembly
US20030191478A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2003-10-09 Inscope Development, Llc Surgical tool having a distal ratchet mechanism
US20020198549A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Syntheon, Llc Surgical clip
US6716226B2 (en) 2001-06-25 2004-04-06 Inscope Development, Llc Surgical clip
US6945979B2 (en) 2001-06-25 2005-09-20 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical device having a handle adapted to impart tensile and compressive forces to elements at a distal end of the device
US6843794B2 (en) 2001-06-25 2005-01-18 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical clip applier having jaws adapted to guide and deform a clip
US6824548B2 (en) 2001-06-25 2004-11-30 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Flexible surgical clip applier
US20020198539A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Robert Sixto Surgical clip applier having jaws adapted to guide and deform a clip
US20040116948A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2004-06-17 Inscope Development, Llc Surgical clip
US20020198538A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Kortenbach Juergen A. Surgical device having a handle adapted to impart tensile and compressive forces to elements at a distal end of the device
US20020198540A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Smith Kevin W. Flexible surgical device having a rotatable end effector assembly
US20020198537A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Smith Kevin W. Method of applying surgical clips to tissue
US20020198541A1 (en) 2001-06-25 2002-12-26 Smith Kevin W. Flexible surgical clip applier
JP2003051982A (en) 2001-08-07 2003-02-21 Nikon Corp Electronic camera
US20030195387A1 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-10-16 Syntheon, Llc Methods and appartus for delivering a medical instrument over an endoscope while the endoscope is in a body lumen
US6569085B2 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-05-27 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for delivering a medical instrument over an endoscope while the endoscope is in a body lumen
US20030036679A1 (en) 2001-08-16 2003-02-20 Syntheon, Llc Methods and apparatus for delivering a medical instrument over an endoscope while the endoscope is in a body lumen
US6692507B2 (en) 2001-08-23 2004-02-17 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Impermanent biocompatible fastener
US6632227B2 (en) 2001-08-24 2003-10-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoscopic resection devices
US6699243B2 (en) 2001-09-19 2004-03-02 Curon Medical, Inc. Devices, systems and methods for treating tissue regions of the body
US6790237B2 (en) 2001-10-09 2004-09-14 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Medical stent with a valve and related methods of manufacturing
US20030069646A1 (en) 2001-10-09 2003-04-10 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Medical stent with a valve and related methods of manufacturing
US20030092699A1 (en) 2001-10-22 2003-05-15 Chikara Uchida Imidazopyridine compounds as 5-HT4 receptor modulators
US20030083241A1 (en) 2001-11-01 2003-05-01 Young Charles W. Use of somatostatin receptor agonists in the treatment of human disorders of sleep hypoxia and oxygen deprivation
US6575971B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2003-06-10 Quantum Cor, Inc. Cardiac valve leaflet stapler device and methods thereof
US6605078B2 (en) 2001-11-26 2003-08-12 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Full thickness resection device
US20030161887A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-08-28 Klein Dean A. Lower esophagus tissue modifier
US20030188755A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-09 Milbocker Michael T. Treatment for gastroesophageal disease
US6604528B1 (en) 2002-04-22 2003-08-12 Lloyd P. Duncan Acid reflux and snoring device
US20030220660A1 (en) 2002-04-24 2003-11-27 Kortenbach Juergen A. Tissue fastening devices and processes that promote tissue adhesion
US20030208211A1 (en) 2002-05-01 2003-11-06 Juergen Kortenbach Tissue fastening devices and related insertion tools and methods
US20030236535A1 (en) 2002-05-08 2003-12-25 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Apparatus for ligating/suturing living tissues and system for resecting/suturing living tissues
US20030216754A1 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-20 Scout Medical Technologies, Llc Transoral endoscopic gastroesophageal flap valve restoration device, assembly, system and method
US6790214B2 (en) 2002-05-17 2004-09-14 Esophyx, Inc. Transoral endoscopic gastroesophageal flap valve restoration device, assembly, system and method
WO2003096885A2 (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-27 Onux Medical, Inc. Surgical suturing instrument and method of use
US20040037887A1 (en) 2002-06-12 2004-02-26 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Bulking agent
US20030236536A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-12-25 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Endoscopic fundoplication devices and methods for treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease
US20040082859A1 (en) 2002-07-01 2004-04-29 Alan Schaer Method and apparatus employing ultrasound energy to treat body sphincters
US20040006351A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-08 Jamy Gannoe Method and device for use in tissue approximation and fixation
US20040006336A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-08 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for RF ablation into conductive fluid-infused tissue
US6773440B2 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-08-10 Satiety, Inc. Method and device for use in tissue approximation and fixation
US20040044364A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-04 Devries Robert Tissue fasteners and related deployment systems and methods
US20040059354A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Smith Kevin W. Surgical fastener particularly for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20040059349A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Robert Sixto Instrument for applying a surgical fastener particularly for the transoral treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20040059358A1 (en) 2002-09-20 2004-03-25 Kortenbach Juergen A. Methods for the surgical application of a fastener and the endoluminal treatment of gastroesphageal reflux disease (GERD)
US20040082963A1 (en) 2002-10-23 2004-04-29 Jamy Gannoe Method and device for use in endoscopic organ procedures
US20040176783A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2004-09-09 Edrich Vascular Devices, Inc. Vascular suturing clip
US20040147943A1 (en) 2003-01-17 2004-07-29 Olympus Corporation Clip device for holding a living tissue
US20030167062A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-09-04 Gambale Richard A Suture clips,delivery devices and methods
US7066944B2 (en) 2004-03-11 2006-06-27 Laufer Michael D Surgical fastening system
WO2005086885A3 (en) 2004-03-11 2005-12-01 Michael D Laufer Surgical fastening system
US20050216036A1 (en) 2004-03-29 2005-09-29 Nakao Naomi L Endoscopic fastening system with multiple fasteners
JP2006311060A (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-09 Olympus Imaging Corp Imaging device and digital camera

Non-Patent Citations (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
** International Search Report dated Oct. 16, 2000.
** International Search Report dated Oct. 22, 2003.
Bancewicz et al., "Yield pressure, anatomy of the cardia and gastro-oesophageal reflux", British Journal of Surgery, 1995, vol. 82, No. 7p. 943-947.
Boerema, "Hiatus hernia: repair by right-sided, subhepatic, anterior gastropexy", Surgery, 1969, vol. 65, No. 6, p. 884-893.
Carvalho et al., "Fibrosis of gastric cardia after endoscopic sclerosis", The American Surgeon, vol. 56, p. 163-166, 1990.
Cecconello et al., "Esophagogastric anastomosis with valvuloplasty: an experimental study", International Surgery, 1982, vol. 67, No. 2, p. 121-124.
Collis, "An operation for hiatus hernia with short esophagus", The journal of thoracic surgery, vol. 34, No. 6, p. 769-778.
Collis, "Surgical control of reflux in hiatus hernia", The American journal of surgery, vol. 115, 1968, p. 465-471.
Contractor et al., "Endoscopic esophagitis and gastroesophageal flap valve", J. Clin. Gastroenterol., 1999, vol. 28, No. 3, p. 233-237.
Cuschieri et al., "Multicenter prospective evaluation of laparoscopic antireflux surgery", Surgical endoscopy, vol. 7, No. 6, 1993, p. 505-510.
Demeester et al., "Nissen fundoplication for gastroesophageal reflux disease", Annals of Surgery, 1986, vol. 204, No. 1, p. 9-20.
DeMeester, MD et al Nissen Fundoplication for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease Annals of Surgery 204:9-20 (1986).
Digestive Disease Week, Orange County Convention Center, p. A-802; 314.
Dodds WJ et al. 1982, N Engl J Med 307:1547-52.
Donahue et al., "Endoscopic control of gastro-esophageal reflux11:14 AM status report", World Journal of Surgery, 16: 343-346, 1992.
Donahue et al., "Endoscopic sclerosis of the gastric cardia for prevention of experimental gastroesophageal reflux", vol. 36, No. 3, 1990, p. 253-256.
Donahue, M.D., et al. "Endoscopic Control of Gastro-Esophagel Reflux: Status Report," World Journal of Surgery, 16:343-346 (1992).
European Office Action dated Apr. 3, 2009 in EP07075291.0.
European Office Action dated Feb. 11, 2010 in EP03 728 882.6.
European Office Action dated Sep. 11, 2009 in EP05 077 998.2.
European Search Report dated Sep. 2, 2004 in EP 04076389.
Eurpoean Search Report mailed Jul. 10, 2007 in EP Application No. 07075291.
Falk et al., "Laparoscopic fundoplication: a preliminary report of the technique and portoperative care", The Australian and New Zealand journal of surgery, vol. 62, No. 7, 1992, p. 969-972.
Feb. 17, 2009, Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/819,996.
Feb. 20, 2009, Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/819,957.
Hetzel DJ et al. 1988, Gastroenterology 95:903-12.
Hill et al., "Antireflux surgery", Gastroenterology Clinics of North America, vol. 19, No. 3, 1990, p. 745-775.
Hill et al., "Surgery for peptic esophageal stricture", p. 139-147.
Hill et al., "The esophagus, medical and surgical management", WB Saunders Co., 1988, p. 135-138.
Hill et al., "The gastroesophageal flap valve", J. Clin. Gastroenterol., 1999, vol. 28, No. 3, p. 194-197.
Hill et al., "The gastroesophageal flap valve: in vitro and in vivo observations", Gastrointestinal endoscopy, vol. 44, No. 5, 1996, p. 541-547.
Hill, "An effective operation for hiatal hernia: an eight year appraisal", Annals of Surgery, vol. 166, No. 4, 1967, p. 681-692.
Hill, "Intraoperative measurement of lower esophageal sphincter pressure", The journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery, 1978, vol. 75(3), p. 378-382.
Hill, "Myths of the esophagus", The journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery, 1989, vol. 98, No. 1, p. 1-10.
Hinder et al., "The surgical option for gastroesophageal reflux disease", Symposium on gastroesophageal reflux disease, Am J. Med., 103: 1445-`485, 1997.
Ismail et al., "Yield pressure, anatomy of the cardia and gastro-oesophageal reflux", Br. J. Surg. 1005, vol. 82, No. 7, p. 943-947.
Ismail et al., "Yield pressure: a new concept in the evaluation of GERD?", AJG, 91: p. 616-617, 1996.
Jamieson et al., "Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication", Annals of surgery, vol. 220, No. 2, p. 137-145.
Jamieson, "The development of surgery for gastro-oesophageal reflux disease", Surgery of the esophagus, p. 233-245.
Janssen et al., "Prospective randomized comparison of teres cardiopexy and Nissen fundoplication in the surgical therapy of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease", The British journal of surgery, vol. 80, No. 7, 1993, p. 875-877.
Japanese Office Action for Application No. 2004-131922 dated Jan. 18, 2010 (English translation).
Japanese Office Action for Application No. 2005-122394 dated May 12, 2009.
Japanese Preliminary Report (Application No. 2004-506665) dated Mar. 31, 2009.
Jennings et al., "A novel endoscopic transgastric fundoplication procedure for gastroesophageal reflux: an initial animal evaluation", Journal of laparoendoscopic surgery, vol. 2, No. 5, 1992, p. 207-213.
Kadirkamanathan et al., "An ambulant porcine model of acid reflux used to evaluate endoscopic gastroplasty", Gut, 1999, vol. 44, No. 3, p. 1630166.
Kadirkamanathan et al., "Antireflux operations at flexible endoscopy using endoluminal stitching techniques: an experimental study", Gastrointestinal endoscopy, vol. 44, No. 2, 1996, p. 133-143.
Kahrilas, "Gastroesophageal reflux disease", JAMA, 1996, vol. 276, No. 12, p. 963-968.
Klinkenberg-Knol EC and Meuwissen SG 1988, Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2:221-7.
Klinkenberg-Knol EC and Meuwissen SG 1989, Digestion 1:47-53.
Kraemer et al., "Laparoscopic Hill repair", Gastrointestinal endoscopy, vol. 40, No. 2, part 1, 1994, p. 155-159.
Lambert R et al. 1993, Gastroenterology 104:1554-7.
Little, "Mechanisms of action of antireflux surgery: theory and fact", World J. Surg., vol. 16, 1992, p. 320-325.
Mason et al., "A new intraluminal antigastroesophageal reflux procedure in baboons", Gastrointestinal endoscopy, vol. 45, No. 3, 1997, p. 283-290.
Mason et al., Nissen fundoplication prevents shortening of the sphincter during gastric distention, Arch. Surg., 1997, vol. 132, p. 719-726.
McGouran et al., "A laser-induced scar at the cardia increases the yield presurre of the lower esophageal sphincter", Gastrointestinal endoscopy, vol. 36, No. 5, 1990, p. 439-443.
McGouran et al., "Does measurement of yield pressure at the cardia during endoscopy provide information on the function of the lower oesophageal sphincter mechanism?", Gut, 1988, vol. 29, 275-278.
McGouran et al., "Is yield pressure at the cardia increased by effective fundoplication?", Gut, 1989, vol. 30, p. 1309-1312.
McGouran RC et al., Is yield pressure at the cardia increased by effective fundoplication? Gut Oct. 1989; 30(10): 1309-12.
McKernan, "Laparoscopic repair of gastroesophageal reflux disease", Surgical Endoscopy, vol. 8, 1994, p. 851-856.
Moss Tubes advertisement, Annals of Surgery, vol. 220, No. 2, Aug, 1994 (2 pages).
Nathanson et al., "Laparoscopic ligamentum teres (round ligamentum) cardiopexy", The British Journal of Surgery, vol. 78, No. 8, 1991, p. 947-951.
Nissen, "Eine einfache operation zur beeinflussung der refluxoesophagitis", Schweizerische Medizinische Wochenschrift, 1956, vol. 86, p. 590-592.
O'Connor et al. "An experimental endoscopic technique for reversing gastroesophageal reflux in dogs by injecting inert material in the distal esophagus", Gastrointestinal Endoscopy, vol. 30, No. 5, 1984, p. 275-280.
O'Connor et al. "Endoscopic placement of collagen at the lower esophageal sphincter to inhibit gastroesophageal reflux: a pilot study of 10 medically intractable patients", Gastrointestinal Endoscopy, vol. 34, No. 2, 1988, p. 106-112.
O'Connor KW and Lehman GA, Endoscopic placement of collagen at the lower esophageal sphicter to inhibit gastroesophageal reflux: a pilot study of 10 medically intractable patients. Gastrointest. Endosc. Mar.-Apr. 1988 34(2):106-12.
Pedinelli, "Traitement chirugical de la hernie hiatale par la "technique du collet""., Ann. Chir., vol. 18, p. 1461-1474, No. 23-24.
Polk et al., "Hiatal hernia and esophagitis: a survey of indications for operation and technic and results of fundoplication", presented at the Southern Surgical Association meeting held at Boca Raton, Florida, Dec. 7-9, 1970, p. 775-781.
Poynter D et al. 1985, Gut 26:1284-95.
Rampal et al., "Technique chirurgicale", La presse medicale, vol. 75, No. 12, 1967, p. 2-4.
Rich, "Simple GERD treatment offers new alternative", vol. 35, No. 11, 1999.
Rupp et al., "Endoscopic antireflux techniques", Gastrointestinal endoscopy clinics of North America, vol. 4, No. 2, 1994, p. 353-368.
Shafik, "Intraesophageal polytef injection for the treatment of reflux esophagitis", Surgical Endoscopy, 1996, vol. 10, p. 329-331.
Singh et al., "Evaluation of the Endoscopic Suturing System in the Treatment of the GERD", Conference Abstract for Plenary Session for Digestive Disease Week, p. 314 & A-802, May 16-19, 1999.
Skinner et al., "Surgical Management of Esophageal Reflux and Hiatus Hernia", Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, vol. 53, No. 1, 1967, p. 33-54.
Slim et al., "Intraoperative esophageal manometry and fundoplications: prospective study", World J. Surg. vol. 20, p. 55-59, 1996.
Solcia E et al. 1993, Aliment Pharmacol Ther 7(supp. 1):25-8.
Spechler SJ 1992, N Engl J Med 326:786-92.
Starling et al., "Assessment of the angelchik prosthesis for treatment of symptomatic esophageal reflux", World J. Surg., 1987, vol. 11, p. 350-355.
Starling et al., "Treatment of Symptomatic Gastroesophageal Reflux Using the Angelchika Prosthesis," Ann. Surg. (1982) 686:690.
The Americal journal of gastroenterology, vol. 91, No. 3, 1996, p. 616-617.
Thor et al., "Reappraisal of the flap valve mechanism in the gastroesophageal junction", Acta Chir Scand. vol. 153, p. 25-28, 1987.
Tocomal et al., "A mucosol flap valve mechanism to prevent gastroesophageal reflux and esophagitis", Surgery, 1968, vol. 64, No. 2, p. 519-523.
Wang et al., "A new anti-flux procedure: cardaic oblique invagination", Chung Hua Wai Ko Tsa Chih, 33(2) p. 73-75, Feb. 1995 (English abstract).
Watson et al., "Comparison of anterior, posterior and total fundoplication using a viscera model", Disease of the esophagus, 1997, vol. 10, p. 110-114.
Westbrook et al., "Posterior surgical approaches to the rectum", Annals of Surgery, vol. 195, No. 6, 1982, p. 686-691.

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11304769B2 (en) * 2006-06-13 2022-04-19 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Side looking minimally invasive surgery instrument assembly
US9883880B2 (en) * 2008-08-04 2018-02-06 Covidien Lp Articulating surgical device
US20150164524A1 (en) * 2008-08-04 2015-06-18 Covidien Lp Articulating Surgical Device
US20100069941A1 (en) * 2008-09-15 2010-03-18 Immersion Medical Systems and Methods For Sensing Hand Motion By Measuring Remote Displacement
US9679499B2 (en) * 2008-09-15 2017-06-13 Immersion Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for sensing hand motion by measuring remote displacement
US9283050B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2016-03-15 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US20110071542A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US8545515B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2013-10-01 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US8551115B2 (en) * 2009-09-23 2013-10-08 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula instrument
US8623028B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2014-01-07 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Surgical port feature
US8888789B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2014-11-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US20110071543A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US20110071347A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Cannula mounting fixture
US20110071473A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical port feature
US9931173B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2018-04-03 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US9254178B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2016-02-09 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US11504156B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2022-11-22 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Surgical port feature
US10842579B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2020-11-24 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system
US8465476B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2013-06-18 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Cannula mounting fixture
US9814527B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2017-11-14 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Cannula mounting fixture
US20110071544A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Curved cannula instrument
US10709516B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2020-07-14 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US9949800B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2018-04-24 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Curved cannula surgical system control
US10245069B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2019-04-02 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Surgical port feature
US9456916B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-10-04 Medibotics Llc Device for selectively reducing absorption of unhealthy food
US9067070B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2015-06-30 Medibotics Llc Dysgeusia-inducing neurostimulation for modifying consumption of a selected nutrient type
US9011365B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2015-04-21 Medibotics Llc Adjustable gastrointestinal bifurcation (AGB) for reduced absorption of unhealthy food
US10154851B2 (en) 2014-01-28 2018-12-18 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Expandable endoscopic device
WO2015116636A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Expandable endoscopic device
US10813656B2 (en) 2014-01-28 2020-10-27 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Expandable endoscopic device
US11832809B2 (en) 2017-02-22 2023-12-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device
US11553909B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2023-01-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and method for applying a cinch to a suture
US11399821B2 (en) 2018-06-19 2022-08-02 Boston Scientific Scimed Inc. Control handle for endoscopic suturing
US11375993B2 (en) 2018-06-19 2022-07-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscopic handle attachment for use with suture based closure device
US11272918B2 (en) 2018-06-27 2022-03-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscope attachment mechanism for use with suture based closure device
US11278272B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2022-03-22 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Endoscopic suturing needle and suture assembly attachment methods
US11918202B2 (en) 2019-05-16 2024-03-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device for use with endoscope
US11812944B2 (en) 2020-02-18 2023-11-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device for use with endoscope
US11744609B2 (en) 2020-02-19 2023-09-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. High power atherectomy with multiple safety limits
US11896214B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2024-02-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Suture based closure device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040010245A1 (en) 2004-01-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8287554B2 (en) Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US6821285B2 (en) Tissue reconfiguration
WO2003099137A2 (en) Method and devices for tissue reconfiguration
US7153314B2 (en) Tissue reconfiguration
US20180344501A1 (en) Apparatus for manipulating and securing tissue
US7131978B2 (en) Surgical suturing instrument and method of use
US8236009B2 (en) Needle assembly for tissue manipulation
US8926634B2 (en) Apparatus and methods for manipulating and securing tissue
EP3653134B1 (en) Apparatus for manipulating and securing tissue
US20050250988A1 (en) Removable apparatus for manipulating and securing tissue within a treatment space
US20050250985A1 (en) Self-locking removable apparatus and methods for manipulating and securing tissue
US20050250987A1 (en) Removable apparatus and methods for manipulating and securing tissue
JP4435018B2 (en) Medical device
AU2007234502B8 (en) Gerd treatment apparatus and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NDO SURGICAL, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CERIER, JEFFREY C.;CRUZ, AMOS G.;O'KEEFE, JONATHAN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:014487/0769;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030828 TO 20030908

Owner name: NDO SURGICAL, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CERIER, JEFFREY C.;CRUZ, AMOS G.;O'KEEFE, JONATHAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030828 TO 20030908;REEL/FRAME:014487/0769

AS Assignment

Owner name: ETHICON ENDO-SURGERY, INC.,OHIO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NDO SURGICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:024411/0991

Effective date: 20100502

Owner name: ETHICON ENDO-SURGERY, INC., OHIO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:NDO SURGICAL, INC.;REEL/FRAME:024411/0991

Effective date: 20100502

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 4

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAYER NUMBER DE-ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: RMPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8